Docstoc

Rfp Managed Dedicated Server Form Gov.in Sites

Document Sample
Rfp Managed Dedicated Server Form Gov.in Sites Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                           Response to the Pre-Bid Queries
BID NO. IGR‐ 1/2010 - APPOINTMENT OF AGENCY FOR PROVIDING TURNKEY SOLUTION TOWARDS COMMISSIONING, MANAGEMENT & MAINTENANCE OF DATA CENTER INCLUDING MANAGED
           ‐
   WIDE AREA NETWORK WITH SUPPLY & INSTALLATION OF SERVERS, DESKTOP SYSTEMS AND PERIPHERALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION OF PROPERTY ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (PAS) AT
                                                               REGISTRATION AND STAMPS DEPARTMENT


S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                        Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Airtel
                                                                                                                     Clarity on the design with reference to the MPSWAN
                                                                                                                     SHQ. In case MPSWAN is not implemented, what will be
  1                        11         Diagram        WAN Conceptual Design                                           the network hierarchy?                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          11            12          a) Server Room: Server Farm, SAN, Networking equipments, etc.   Please confirm whether UPS and Batteries shall be
                                                                                                                     installed in the Server Room as shown in the draft
                                                                                                                     layout. Are the partitions as shown in layout are
                                                                                                                     available or to be made by the bidder.
  2                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          11            12          b) Oprtations Room: Data Centre Operators area (DBA, System
                                                     Administrator, Network Administrator’s, etc. operations)
  3                                                                                                                                                                               No change,   as per RFP
  4         Wipro          11            12          c) Power Room: UPS, Electrical Panels, etc.                                                                                  No change,   as per RFP
  5         Wipro          11            12          d) Printer Room (can be outside the Data Centre)                                                                             No change,   as per RFP
  6         Wipro          11            12          e) Backup and media storage room (Outside data center)                                                                       No change,   as per RFP
  7         Wipro          11            12          f) Reception Area/ Conference room                                                                                           No change,   as per RFP
  8         Wipro          11            12          g) Air Crush Lobby                                                                                                           No change,   as per RFP
  9         Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                                                                                   No change,   as per RFP
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Need confirmation on the Fire rating of the Partitions for
                                                                                                                     Server Room, Backup & Media storage room if the same
                                                                                                                     are to be made by Bidder.
  10                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Please confirm whether the following are to be provided
                                                                                                                     by                                                bidder
                                                                                                                     1, Fire alarm detection system for all the rooms
                                                                                                                     2, Fire suppression system(For Server Room)
                                                                                                                     3,            VESDA(For             Server        Room)
                                                                                                                     4,             WLD(For             Server         Room)
                                                                                                                     5,     Access      Control     for    all     the Rooms
                                                                                                                     6,           CCTV          for        critical     areas
                                                                                                                     7, Building Management system for integration of server
  11                                                                                                                 room PAC, UPS, FAS,FSS.                                      Please refer added clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Please confirm whether Precision Airconditioning system
  12                                                                                                                 is to be provided for Server room.                           Please refer added clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Please confirm whether comfort airconditioning is to be
  13                                                                                                                 provided by the bidder for rest of the rooms.                Please refer added clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Please confirm whether separate UPS is to be provided
  14                                                                                                                 for rest of the workstations.                         Please refer added clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Please confirm on the provisioning made for Raw
  15                                                                                                                 power(Electricity Board)                              Please refer added clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                      Please confirm on the location of the Power room from
                                                                                                                     which power has to be tapped for Server room loads.
  16                                                                                                                                                                         Please refer added      clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                    Please confirm whether any furniture required for the
  17                                                                                                               office area is to be provided by bidder.                  Please refer added      clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                    Please confirm whether any civil works are to carried out
                                                                                                                   by bidder( Dismantling or Construction).
  18                                                                                                                                                                         Please refer added      clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          Datacenter                                                    Please confirm whether the draft layout shown in the
                                                                                                                   RFP is final or any modifications can be proposed by the
  19                                                                                                               bidder.                                                   Please refer added      clause for Data Centre
            Wipro          11            12          The system will be audited periodically and testing must pass Please confirm whether flooring and ceiling works to be
  20                                                 such test according to                                        provided by bidder.                                       Please refer added      clause for Data Centre




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Page 1 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                                Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Airtel                       2
                                                     DRS is soliciting provision of the facility of an integrated solution   Pl define " a totally integrated point-to-point service".
                                                     for PAS. The Vendor must provide a proposal for a totally               Does it refer to WAN connectivity. If yes, is WAN
 21                        13                        integrated point-to-point service.                                      connectivity required P2P or MPLS ?                       No change, as per RFP
             TCS           13           3.10         Provide user training at all levels and prepare and issue               Request to consider the suggestion that the training
                                                     supporting documentation such as Training material, User                manuals be provided in soft form. If required, successful
                                                     Manuals, Troubleshooting Manual and Setup Reference Manual.             Bidder shall provide maximum three (3) hard copies of
                                                     Bidder shall also be responsible for re‐training wherever changes       the Training material / manuals to Competent Authority.
 22                                                  are made in the solution.                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          13            7           PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates                          What would be replication bandwidth from DC to DRC
 23                                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
             CMC
                                                     Even though site preparation work has been done by the
                                                     department ,yet it will be the responsibility of the vendor to ensure Please, specify the meaning of "detailed requirement"
                           13            3.2
                                                     the completion of detailed requirement & gap analysis by visiting with respect to site preperation
                                                     sites for smooth functioning of project without any breakdown.
 24                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                     DRS is soliciting provision of the facility of an integrated solution   Pl define " a totally integrated point-to-point service".
                                                     for PAS. The Vendor must provide a proposal for a totally               Does it refer to WAN connectivity. If yes, is WAN
 25                        13         Clause 2       integrated point-to-point service.                                      connectivity required P2P or MPLS ?                         No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                   Vendor shall have to provide product support for three years
                                                     beyond the end of Warranty period. Vendor shall ensure sufficient       Please clarify whether 3 years after warranty is
 26                        14          3.12.5        inventory is available to support the product during this period , if   mandatory or subject to renewal?                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          14           3.13         The system will be audited periodically and testing must pass           What is the frequency for the Audit and who will provide
 27                                                  such test according to the prescribed industry standards.               the tools if required any.                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          14            7.1         The vendor will provide for the Web/ Portal Server access by the
                                                     department officials
 28                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             CMC
                                                     The system will be audited periodically and testing must pass
                           14           3.13                                                                       Please, specify the details of periodic audit tests
                                                     such test according to the prescribed industry standards.
 29                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                                                                                      At what stage (during implementation of PAS) will the
                                                     It is proposed that connectivity between various DRS offices would decision taken on connectivity i.e. connectivity to be on
 30                        15             5          be done by using the MPSWAN Project.                               MPSWAN or ISP.                                                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS           15                        Related IT issue and initiatives: Bandwidth cost shall be borne by In financial bid, should the prices of bandwidth to be
                                                     Dept                                                               mentioned?


 31                                       5                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                     Any facility which is considered important and essential for            Please provide the complete clarity on the Bidder’s
                                                     computerized operations of the offices under IGRS, and not              scope for computerized operations of the offices under
 32                        15           3.26         already included in the above list of activities, will be deemed to     IGRS                                                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS           15           4.1          The successful Bidder (Vendor) will be responsible for:                 Request to insert following events that are beyond
                                                                                                                             Vendor’s reasonable control, to uptime calculation:


 33                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             CMC                                     Any facility which is considered important and essential for
                                                                                                                             As per our understanding, any facility if not included in
                                                     computerized operations of the offices under IGRS, and not
                                                                                                                             present RFP & included later on in the scope of work
                           15           3.26         already included in the above list of activities, will be deemed to
                                                                                                                             will have additional cost implication w.r.t BOM &
                                                     be included, and the Bidder is bound to include it in the scope of
                                                                                                                             implementation efforts. Please, confirm
 34                                                  work.                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             CMC
                                                     The implementation schedule has been provided which reflects
                                                     DRS’s understanding of the solution needs, the resource Since the implementation schedule is fixed & it involves
                           15           3.28         implications, etc. The schedule must not exceed the proposed no. of third party solutions also, the bidder should not
                                                     schedule in this bid document. Considering this the bidder can be penalised for any delay on part of other vendors
                                                     plan for optimum resource allocation.
 35                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Page 2 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Airtel
                                                                                                                           Will the connectivity be partially on MPSWAN and
                                                     The selected bidder shall provide the network connectivity with the   partially on ISP? What level of liasioning is expected
                                                     help of MPSWAN at all the project locations (DROs/ SROs/              from vendor? The number of locations already
                                                     PS‐Commercial Tax Office) by using the MPLSVPN/Leased Line/           connected on MPSWAN should be frozen at a particular
                                                     Broadband/ VPNoBB (VPN Over BroadBand) technology from a              date and for remaining locations bidder should be given
 36                        16            7.2         Class-‘A’ License holder ISP.                                         go-ahead for connectivity using an ISP.                 No change, as per RFP
            Airtel

                                                                                                                      The WAN connectivity provided by Service Provider
                                                                                                                      should be for a minimum fixed period of 12 months.
                                                     In case no WAN connectivity available at designated location     WAN connectivity by ISP can be MPLS-VPN/Leased
                                                     which is provided by MPSWAN , the selected bidder is required to Line/Broadband/VPNoBB and on any last mile media
                                                     provide the WAN connectivity at all the designated locations on  like terrestrial, RF,VSAT and capable of addressing
 37                        16            7.7         MPLS-VPN/ Leased Line/ Broadband/ VPNoBB technology.             Bandwidth and SLA requirements.                                  No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                     But, looking to the upcoming MP‐SWAN in the state which is
                                                     highly expected in near future, the selected bidder is required to    The IP schema of the MPSWAN network and the
                                                     switch over the existing network connectivity to MPSWAN at no         interface required (e.g. Ethernet, V.35) at all locations
 38                        16            7.7         extra cost.                                                           should be shared with the bidder                            Please refer Clause 7.8
             TCS           16             6          Site preparation                                                      Please specify that whether any civil work to be
                                                                                                                           provisioned?
 39                                                                                                                                                                                    As per RFP, Please refer Clause 6 & Annexure 1
             TCS
                                                                                                                           What will be the total no. of users that will be using the
 40                        16            7.4         Network Users Details                                                 system? (including portal users and application users)     No change, as per RFP
             TCS



                                                                                                                       Please specify that whether any civil work to be
 41                        16            6           Site preparation                                                  provisioned?                                          As per RFP, Please refer Clause 6 & Annexure 1
            Wipro          16            7           The vendor will provide for the Web/ Portal Server access by the What would be replication bandwidth from DC to DRC
                                                     department officials and citizens a dedicated 2 x 4Mbps or above
                                                     Internet bandwidth at, Data Center (DC) for proper functioning of
                                                     the system. Each of the 4Mbps Internet links should be from
                                                     separate ISP (Class‐‘A’ License holder ISP).
 42                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          16            7           The vendor will provide for the Web/ Portal Server access by the Who will borne the bandwidth cost for internet.
                                                     department officials and citizens a dedicated 2 x 4Mbps or above There is no mention of internal firewall in the
                                                     Internet bandwidth at, Data Center (DC) for proper functioning of requirement. As a best security practice we suggest 2
                                                     the system. Each of the 4Mbps Internet links should be from layers of firewall security (internal as well as external).
                                                     separate ISP (Class‐‘A’ License holder ISP).

 43                                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          16                                                                                              The RFP asks for integrated IPS and firewall. For a
                                                                                                                           network of this nature, we suggest that IGRS goes for
                                                                                                                           full fledged separate IPS box and separate External
                                                                                                                           Firewall appliance as this would be more effective
                                                                                                                           security solution. A unified box will have limited
                                                                                                                           capabilities and is more suited for small networks.
 44                                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          16                                                                                              Please elaborate on the roles of WAN and Internet
                                                                                                                           routers at the data center location.
 45                                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 3 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                                Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Wipro          16                        Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line growth , shrink and
                                                     Volume layout & characteristics change capabilities




 46                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             CMC
                                                     Site Preparation: The site preparation work at all the project sites
                                                     has already been completed. However, the vendor will be
                                                                                                                             Please, confirm that the vendor has only to inspect the
                                                     responsible for its verification to ensure proper working
                                                                                                                             sites for readiness w.r.t power points & earthing & is not
                           16            6           environment at all the project sites and will have to ensure
                                                                                                                             required to do it as providing power points & earthing
                                                     adequate power points with proper electric – earthing at all
                                                                                                                             has cost implications
                                                     locations at no extra cost. The list of proposed project locations is
                                                     mentioned in Annexure‐1.
 47                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             CMC                                     In case no WAN connectivity available at designated location
                                                     which is provided by MPSWAN , the selected bidder is required to
                                                     provide the WAN connectivity at all the designated locations on         In the Bill of Material given on Page 30 of the RFP, there
                                                     MPLS‐VPN/ Leased Line/ Broadband/ VPNoBB technology. But,               is no mention of any WAN link. If the bidder is required
                           16            7.7
                                                     looking to the upcoming MP‐SWAN in the state which is highly            to provide any WAN link, it will have additional cost
                                                     expected in near future, the selected bidder is required to switch      implication.
                                                     over the existing network connectivity to MPSWAN at no extra
 48                                                  cost.                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Airtel

                                                                                                                             Deployment of the Application Software should be the
                                                     The selected bidder shall be responsible for the overall                responsibility of the Application Developer. Due to the
                                                     deployment of the application software and web portal designed          proprietory nature of the application deveoped the
                                                     by the software vendor at Data Centre (IGRS Office, Bhopal) in          overall deployment of the application should be handled      To be performed in consultation with Application
 49                        18           10.3         consultation with the application software agency – Wipro.              by the application vendor only.                              Vendor. Pls refer clause 9.5,10.3,10.5,12.1
            Airtel                                   The selected bidder shall also co-ordinate with the application         Content Management/updation of application software
                                                     software vendor for UAT and content management as and when              should be the responsibility of Application Developer.
                                                     required during the project duration. The selected bidder would         Since the content management have to be in sync with
                                                     have to make sure of timely updating of the contents in                 the application developed. We strongly suggest that          To be performed in consultation with Application
 50                        18           10.5         coordination with the application software vendor.                      these activities should be in the ownership of the           Vendor. Pls refer clause 9.5,10.3,10.5,12.1
             TCS

                                                     The selected bidder shall be responsible for the overall                It is observed that as application is out of scope of this
                                                     deployment of the application software and web portal designed          project, its related works such as deployment of
                                                     by the software vendor at Data Centre (IGRS Office, Bhopal) in          application etc should be carried by application To be performed in consultation with Application
 51                        18           10.3         consultation with the application software agency- Wipro                developer rather than SI.                                  Vendor. Pls refer clause 9.5,10.3,10.5,12.1
             TCS
                                                     Since all commercial transactions would be conducted on-line
                                                     over the Internet, hence web site used for online transaction shall
                                                     use SSL with 128 bit encryption certificate and PKI based security    This has to be the responsibility of Wipro ltd. As the PKI
                                                     for user authentication and content encryption for all critical       based software component needs to be in application
 52                        18           11.4         transactions should be deployed by the selected- Wipro                being developed                                            No change,      as per RFP
            Wipro          18            11          PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates                        How PKI will be accessible on replicated data at DR site
 53                                                                                                                                                                                   No change,      as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates Do you need the Identity Management for over solution
                                                                                                                           for control and enhance the security of overall
                                                                                                                           application, and to know Who has access to What,
 54                                                                                                                        When, How, and Why?                                        No change,      as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates The Web portal already developed is based on Oracle
                                                                                                                           iAS portal, now since the latest advanced portal
                                                                                                                           offerings are available from oracle so do you consider
                                                                                                                           changing the RFP mentioned portal to the latest
 55                                                                                                                        offering?                                                  No change,      as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Page 4 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                          Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates What are the other applications or systems besides
                                                                                                                           developed application that need to be integrated with
                                                                                                                           the portal?

 56                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates What is the DMS (Document Management
                                                                                                                           System)/content management system that is to be used
 57                                                                                                                        in this solution?                                        No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates Are there any legacy applications that need to be
                                                                                                                           integrated into the solution? If yes then please share
 58                                                                                                                        details.                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates Is there any requirement of SSO (Single Sign On) for
                                                                                                                           the overall solution applications?
 59                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates Is there any scope of building/orchestrating business
                                                                                                                           processes spread across different applications? If yes
                                                                                                                           then how it is currently planned to be build and what is
 60                                                                                                                        their tentative number.                                  No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates Is there any requirement of having human workflow for
                                                                                                                           approval purpose? If yes then please provide details.


 61                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates What is the expected number of internal and external
                                                                                                                           users that will access the web portal?
 62                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates What is the expected volume of transactions that needs
 63                                                                                                                        to be handled by the application solution?             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          18           11.5         Application Security – PKI/ Digital Signatures & Digital Certificates What is expected volume of load/documents that need
 64                                                                                                                        to be handled by the DMS solution?                     No change, as per RFP
            Wipro                      12.2.3        Application, Web Portal, Database Backup as                          What is the current backup policy & Data retention       As per RFP. Pls refer clause 15.1.5 to
 65                        19                        per the DRS approved Backup policy.                                  period                                                   15.1.9,15.5,17.9,25.1 to 25.7
            Wipro                      12.2.3




                                                                                                                          What is the current DB backup methodology e.g.           As per RFP. Pls refer clause 15.1.5 to
 66                        19                        Support for industry‐leading Operating System platforms              backup using RMAN or export import for oracle            15.1.9,15.5,17.9,25.1 to 25.7
            Airtel
                                                                                                                          Only hardware related components should be in scope
                                                     Application Administration would include:                            of vendor. Remaining should be in the scope of
                                                     12.2.1. Installation of updates and patches required for the         Application Developer. Since the installation of the
                                                     Application                                                          updates and patches have to be in sync with the
                                                     12.2.2. Administration of users, roles and security systems for      application developed. We strongly suggest that these
                                                     Application.                                                         activities should be in the ownership of the Application
                                                     12.2.3. Application, Web Portal, Database Backup as per the DRS      Developer. Kindly please specify the period in which the
                                                     approved Backup                                                      penetration testing is required during the entire tenure of
 67                        19           12.2         policy.                                                              the project.                                                No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                   Application Maintenance would include:
                                                     12.3.1. Ensuring uptime of the Application                           Uptime as required will be maintained. Uptime of
                                                     12.3.2. Managing all the Bugs reported in the Application Software   application can not be guranteed by vendor. Does the
                                                     through a Bug Management mechanism/ as reported by the end-          Bug reporting mechanism have to be in the form of a
 68                        19           12.3         users and gets them rectified in consultation with DRS/              software application?                                    No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Page 5 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Airtel                                   These digital signatures/digital certificates shall not be misused.   Ownership and distribution of Digital Certificates should
                                                     Unauthorized use of these digital certificates may result in severe   be with the Certificate Vendor. We strongly recommend
                                                     civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the           IGRS body to associate with the Digital Certifcate
 69                        19           11.10        maximum extent possible under the law.                                vendors & sign a agreement with them.                      No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                                                                                         Decision on Issuing, validating, renewing and revoking
                                                     The selected bidder will be responsible for issuing, validating,      of digital signatures/digital certificates as needed
                                                     renewing and revoking digital signatures/ digital certificates as     throughout the project duration should be the
 70                        19           11.11        needed throughout the project duration                                responsibility of Application Developer.                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS           19            11.9        For this purpose the selected bidder shall supply & deploy            Please specify the number of digital signature / digital
                                                     requisite digital signatures/digital Certificate Services through GOI certificates required.In case numbers of users are not
                                                     approved agency after approval of Competent Authority for issue fixed, it is suggested to have quote of per digital
                                                     of digital signatures/certificates to all the users of DRS of the     signature.                                                 Min 1000, this figure is indicative subject to increase
 71                                                  application.                                                                                                                     as per the requirements
             TCS           19           12.2         Application administration                                            It is observed that as application is out of scope of this
                                                                                                                           project, its related works such as updates, patches etc
                                                                                                                           should be carried by application developer rather than
 72                                                                                                                        SI.                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS           19           12.2         This should be responsibility of Application developer (Wipro).       Application uptime can only be ensured by Application
                                                                                                                           developer (Wipro). Bidder, here, can only ensure
 73                                                                                                                        hardware uptime.                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                           Please specify the number of digital signature / digital Min 1000, this figure is indicative subject to increase
 74                        19           11.9         Digital signature                                                     certificates required.                                   as per the requirements
             TCS
 75                        19            12          Application administration                                            To be out of scope                                          No change, as per RFP
             TCS




 76                        19           12.2         Application maintenance                                               To be out of scope                                          No change, as per RFP
             HCL                                     The selected bidder shall be responsible for administration and       IGRS?
                                                     maintenance of the Application Software, Web Portal, Database                                                                  Application Vendor/MP IGRS both, pls refer
                                                     etc… for the entire contract period (in co‐ordination with the        2. Which type of coordination will be provided by Wipro? Software Bid/RFP of Application Vendor for type of
 77                        19           12.1         Application software vendor – Wipro).                                                                                          Co ordination to be provided
             HCL                                     Ensuring incorporation of changes required in the Application                                                                  This type of maintenance will be taken care by
                                                     Software, Web Portal, Database etc… during the contract period        1. Will the source code be provided to the selected      Application Vendor, pls refer Software Bid/RFP of
 78                        19          12.3.3        in consultation with the DRS/ Application software vendor.            bidder during maintenance?                               Application Vendor.
             CMC                                                                                                           The uptime of application should be application
                           19          12.3.1        Ensuring uptime of the Application                                    developers responsibility & the bidders SLA should not As per RFP, pls refer individual RFPs of Hardware
 79                                                                                                                        be linked to application uptime                          & Software for uptime/ SLA purposes
             TCS
                                                                                                                           Infrastructure required for helpdesk such as furniture,
                                                                                                                           PC, telephone(toll free no.) line, etc will the provided by
 80                        20            14          Helpdesk Support                                                      Govt, Please confirm                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS


                                                                                                                           Is DR (disaster recovery) site in scope? If yes, what is
                                                                                                                           the expectation w.r.t. primary site? (No. of applications,
                                                                                                                           % performance etc.) (At what percentage of hardware &
 81                        20            15          Maintenance of Hardware / Software / Network etc.                     performance w.r.t Primary BCP will Work?)                  No change, as per RFP
             TCS           21            16          Training Services




 82                                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 6 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Airtel
                                                     15 days training session Division wise for the approx. 700 officials/
                                                     endusers in Class-III of Registration & Stamps department in                                                                   Pls refer clause 16.1.1 Exclusice Training on
                                                     batch sizes not exceeding 20 with specific focus on using the                                                                  application will be provided by Wipro, this training is
                                                     Application Software, Hardware/ Software Concepts,                    Training "with specific focus on using the Application   related with usage & overview of application,
 83                        22          16.1.2        troubleshooting.                                                      Software" can only be given by Application Developer.    Hardware, Software Concepts etc.
             TCS


                                                                                                                         Training: Please specify the approximate no of users to Exact no. can't be provided at this stage, but will
 84                        22          16.1.1        Training session to the Administrators / designated officials       be trained on the entire Infrastructure at the DC.      not exceed 20 no. of officials
             TCS

                                                                                                                         At least the room, electric power, civil facility and other
                                                     The entire Infrastructure location and place including the          basic facility should be provided by Client. Further if the
                                                     computers, Internet connectivity etc required for each Training     same is not going to be used moving forward, arranging
                                                     Session would be provided by the selected vendor at every           all this for only 10 days training would be a costlier
 85                        22           16.4         divisional Headquarter for employees of concerned division          option for client as well.                                  No change, as per RFP
             CMC




                                                     The selected vendor would also provide an On‐line Help and an
                                                                                                                     Providing On-line Help & On-line Interactive Training
                           22           16.5         On‐line Interactive Training module, which will be downloadable
                                                                                                                     Module should be application developers responsibility
                                                     by the users for the Application Software.




 86                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 7 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
           Symantec        23                        The successful bidder will ensure proper                            The indicative specifications for the vulnerability
                                                     audit law policy, user awareness policy,                            manager.-
                                                     password policy, vulnerability scan, patch                          Should have 1 10/100/1000 Mbps ports.
                                                     managemenet policy, information                                     Solution should be licensed for 250 IP addresses.
                                                     security policy, antivirus policy, physical                         Should identify asset type’s out-of-the-box, including
                                                     security policy, classification policy, backup                      desktops, servers, routers, switches,applications and
                                                     policy, media handling policy, access                               operating systems.
                                                     control policy and other security policies                          Should Identifies newly connected devices and
                                                     and measures inconformity with provisions of IT                     previously undiscovered assets on the network
                                                     act 2000 for successful completion of he                             It should identify actual vulnerabilities in the network
                                                     project in consultation with Competent Authority.                   and provide remediation information based onCVE or
                                                                                                                         SANS
                                                                                                                         Should do discovery-based assessment – Efficient, high-
                                                                                                                         performance vulnerability assessment
                                                                                                                            Should detect existence of spy ware
                                                                                                                         Solution should produce low false positive rate
                                                                                                                            Should do Vulnerability prioritization, internal ticketing
                                                                                                                         system, Remedy integration
                                                                                                                         Management console should generate useful reports
 87                                     17.9                                                                                Solution should automate scanning during open scan No change, as per RFP
             TCS           23           17.9         The successful bidder will ensure proper audit law policy, user     To ensure this clause , Bidder needs to include the
                                                     awareness policy, password policy, vulnerability scan, patch        Policy Compliance and Vulnerability Management tool.
                                                     managemenet policy, information                                     Please instruct clealry to include such tools so that
                                                     security policy, antivirus policy, physical security policy,        some other bidders will not be able to ignore this critical
                                                     classification policy, backup policy, media handling policy, access information security policy compliance requirement of
                                                     control policy and other security policies and                      MP IGRS. Such tools should also assist MP IGRS with
                                                     measures inconformity with provisions of IT act 2000 for            defining and mapping written policies to best practices/
                                                     successful completion of he project in consultation with            frameworks/ regulations. It will also automate the
                                                     Competent Authority.                                                distribution of policies, track acceptance, manage
                                                                                                                         exceptions, and collect evidence of compliance via
                                                                                                                         procedural and technical assessments as such tools
                                                                                                                         include required sample policies and policy templates.
 88                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
             HCL           23           17.9         The successful bidder will ensure proper audit law policy, user     Are there any indicative specifications for Vulnerability
                                                     awareness policy, password policy, vulnerability scan, patch        assessment tool?
                                                     managemenet policy, information
                                                     security policy, antivirus policy, physical security policy,
                                                     classification policy, backup policy, media handling policy, access
                                                     control policy and other security policies and
                                                     measures inconformity with provisions of IT act 2000 for
                                                     successful completion of he project in consultation with
 89                                                  Competent Authority.                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          23           17.9         The successful bidder will ensure proper audit law policy, user     Are there any indicative specifications for Vulnerability
                                                     awareness policy, password policy, vulnerability scan, patch        assessment tool?
                                                     managemenet policy, information
                                                     security policy, antivirus policy, physical security policy,
                                                     classification policy, backup policy, media handling policy, access
                                                     control policy and other security policies and
                                                     measures inconformity with provisions of IT act 2000 for
                                                     successful completion of he project in consultation with
 90                                                  Competent Authority.                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          23           17.9         The solution should have a Intelligence Network feed which will
                                                     highlight rogue/malicious IPs across the world & should have the
                                                     ability to explain why the IP is malicious and when it was added to
                                                     the list. The solution should proactively protect and respond to
                                                     fast moving and sophisticated security threats with the latest
 91                                                  threat and                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 8 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
            Airtel




                                                               To have seamless management, the routers & switches must be           The routers & switches need not be of the same OEM
 92                        25                 23.12            from the same OEM                                                     make                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Airtel



                                                                                                                                     The quality/security of "application deployed" should be
                                                                                                                                     the responsibility of application developer. Vendor can
                                                               The vendor shall also perform penetration testing (ethical hacking)   ensure security of network setup. Morever, post
                                                               so as to ensure the                                                   penetration testing, any recommendations made on
                                                               quality/ security of the application deployed and further ensure      canges/ improvements of the appilcation software, need
 93                        27                 27.1             that it is hack-proof.                                                to be acted upon by the Application Developer.               No change, as per RFP
             TCS           27                  31              PMC of DRS shall be responsible for co‐ordinating tests and shall     Request to insert provision for deemed acceptance of
                                                               also be responsible for recommendations of the final rating of all    System/ deliverables in the event DRS (a) fails to
                                                               acceptance test results to DRS. At the end of acceptance test,        provide the list of non conformities within two (2) weeks
                                                               DRS will provide either: (a) A formal letter of acceptance if the     of delivery, (b) fails to notify the acceptance of the
                                                               Bidder has met contractual obligations, or (b) A statement of         System/ deliverables within the period of two (2) weeks
                                                               which obligations have not been met and must be met before            from delivery, or (c) starts using the deliverable in a live
                                                               acceptance can be granted                                             production environment (other than as part of agreed
                                                                                                                                     review and acceptance testing procedure, such as UAT).
 94                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                             It will provide without additional charge to DRS and in a timely
                                                               manner, all additional services and products (hardware and
                                                               Software (if applicable)) not identified and accounted within the
                                                               proposal as may be necessary to correct all problems which are        Any additional services and products which are not part
 95                        28                 33.7             preventing acceptance.                                                of RFP will be charged seperately as per actuals.       No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                               The vendor has to ensure that all equipments (Hardware/               Hardware supplied by vendor will be IP v6 compliant.
                                                               Software) provided to IGRS HQ/IGRS Offices during any time of         Vendor can not guarantee compliance of application
 96                        28                  34              the project cycle are IPv6 enabled .                                  software with IPv6                                          No change, as per RFP
             TCS           28                  32              The Vendor will be responsible for correcting all faults found        Request to modify this provision so that Vendor shall be
                                                               during the acceptance process at no extra cost to DRS.                responsible for correcting faults at no extra cost to DRS,
                                                                                                                                     only if such faults are solely and entirely attributable to
                                                                                                                                     Vendor.
 97                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             TCS           29                  36              The Vendor warrants that the systems and overall solution             Standard exclusions to warranty are missing. Request
                                                               supplied shall have no defects arising from design or                 that warranty shall be valid only for defects against
                                                               workmanship or any act or omission of the service provider. The       approved Specifications. Also request to insert standard
                                                               warranty shall remain valid for a period of 60 months from the        exclusions to warranty.
                                                               “Go‐ Live” date.

 98                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          30        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    No. of Database Servers (Qty for UAT 1; Qty for Go Live 1)             What does Qty 1 indicates here?
                                      Server & Application                                                                           As per the note 1 on page 34 Oracle RAC is required.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                        Please clarify what is the RAC configuration for UAT and
                                                                                                                                     Go-Live configurations? Is it 2 nodes RAC cluster for
                                                                                                                                     UAT and 2 node RAC cluster for Go-live?

                                                                                                                                                                                                As per RFP. Pls refer clause Page No. 30 Bill of
 99                                                                                                                                                                                             Material




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Page 9 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                                Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             Airtel

                                                               The quantity mentioned above may vary for certain items at the
                                                               time of implementation, as per the requirement of the department.
                                                               The decision of competent authority in this behalf will be final. For   Since Bharti Airtel will be giving the pricing to IGRS
                                                               any increase or decrease of items, unit rate shall determine the        basis the quantity commited in tender, therefore we
                                                               actual payable amount. The quantity mentioned above for the             request IGRS to provide minimum commited quantity.
                                                               respective phases or in totality may vary as per the requirement        We have no issue in giving the unit price for increased    As per RFP, Pls refer Section IV Bill of Material for
 100                       31           4 . Bill of Material   and payment will be made as per actuals.                                quantity.                                                  Tentative Qty
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                                                    Suggest to mention the "24 port fully loaded Cat6 patch
                           31                                  Patch Panel (with Cat 6 Cable)                                                                                                  As per RFP , Pls refer specifications of Item No. 31
                                                                                                                                       panel" and "Cat6 solid cable box of 305m" separately
 101        Systems                     4 . Bill of Material                                                                                                                                   & 32
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                                                    Suggest to mention the length separately like " 1 meter
            Systems        31                                  Patch cord                                                              Patch Cord for rack side" and " 2 meter Patch Cord for
                                                                                                                                       user end"
 102                                    4 . Bill of Material                                                                                                                                      As per RFP , Pls refer specifications of Item No. 32
             HCL           31                                                                                                           The Switches and Routers should be from the same
                                                               The Switches and Routers should be from the same OEM.                   OEM.The Networking components supplied should be           As per RFP, Also refer clause 23.12, Note 6 Page
 103                                    4 . Bill of Material                                                                           compatible with MP SWAN.                                   31 ,23.8 and MPSWAN RFP
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Processor/CPU :RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or
                                      Server & Application    higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of            Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                           33      Server at DC under Cluster bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and             more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                                              cache supported on the offered model with latest                         Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC
                                                              supported/compatible server chipset.
 104                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Bays : Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays
                                      Server & Application                                                                             Hot plug drive bays are offered , which are better than
                           33
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                          Hot Swap. Please allow.
 105                                                                                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Hard Disk Capasiity Type : 4 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF
                                      Server & Application    HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                                         Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
                           33
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                             Swap. Please allow.
 106                                                                                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Network Interface :4 x Gigabit Ethernet ports
                                      Server & Application                                                                             ok. We propose use of multifunctional card along with
                           33
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                          SCSI ports, FC ports are to be ofered on dedicated slots
 107                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    File Management :Oracle Disk Manager (ODM) Compliant Cluster
                                      Server & Application    File System for Oracle RAC
                           33                                                                                              Veritas VxFS and SG Storage fundadtion
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 108                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Volume Manager : Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line
                                      Server & Application    growth , shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change
                                   Server at DC under Cluster capabilities

                           33                                                                                                          SG Storage foundadtion / VxVM




 109                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                   Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM
                                      Server & Application    Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches
                           33                                                                                                 We propose that UNIX should also be allowed
                                   Server at DC under Cluster and errata for the entire contract/ project period.
 110                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 10 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
            Airtel         33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Processor/CPU :RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or           CISC based technologies like Intel Xeon and AMD
                                      Server & Application    higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of        based systems are currenetly capable of delivering
                                   Server at DC under Cluster bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and         comparable high performance and high stability as well
                                                              cache supported on the offered model with latest                     as robust systems . Several technologies which enabled
                                                              supported/compatible server chipset.                                 RISC/EPIC based systems to deliver high performance
                                                                                                                                   and high availablity are now incorporated in CISC based
                                                                                                                                   systems as well and hence we request the department
                                                                                                                                   to kindly allow changes CISC (Intel Xeon/AMD) based
                                                                                                                                   systems to be proposed.
 111                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Airtel         33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Bays : Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                     Hot plug drive bays are better than Hot Swap. Please
                                      Server & Application                                                                         allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies to be
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                      quoted.




 112                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Hard Disk Capasiity Type : 4 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF Hot plug drives are offered ,are better than Hot Swap.
                                      Server & Application    HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                                         Please allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                             to be quoted.
 113                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM     Red Hat Linux is vendor specific and restricts the
                                      Server & Application    Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches bidders to quote Red Hat only. To ensure a robust
                                   Server at DC under Cluster and errata for the entire contract/ project period.             system and opportunity for similar technologies to be
                                                                                                                              proposed we request the department to allow system
                                                                                                                              integrators to propose Unix based systems as well. This
                                                                                                                              will allow competitive offerings to be proposed. We
                                                                                                                              request the department to allow RHEL/ UNIX based
                                                                                                                              systems to be proposed by the system Integrators.
 114                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Airtel         33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Power Supply :Swappable power supplies and Fans                      Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                                      Server & Application                                                                         kindly allow
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 115                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database                                                                         Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                      Server & Application                                                                         the clause.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster




                                                                 Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs
                                                                like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on
                                                                the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
 116                                                            the entire contract/ project period                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
            Airtel         33         Item No. 1 ‐ Database
                                       Server & Application
                                   Server at DC under Cluster Is Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas Volume
 117                                                          manager Adv version + Veritas File System Adv versions.                                                                         No change, as per RFP
           Symantec        33                                 Volume Manager : Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line Does the Volume Manager required to do an online
                                                              growth , shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change    relayout like changing no. of columns in a striped
                                                              capabilities                                                 volume ; changing stripe unit size for increased
                                                                                                                           performance of the strorage box and storage migration
                                                                                                                           between different types of storage without downtime
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 118                                     DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 11 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Processor/CPU :RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or          CISC based technologies like Intel Xeon and AMD
                                      Server & Application    higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of       based systems are currenetly capable of delivering
                                   Server at DC under Cluster bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and        comparable high performance and high stability as well
                                                              cache supported on the offered model with latest                    as robust systems . Several technologies which enabled
                                                              supported/compatible server chipset.                                RISC/EPIC based systems to deliver high performance
                                                                                                                                  and high availablity are now incorporated in CISC based
                                                                                                                                  systems as well and hence we request the department
                                                                                                                                  to kindly allow changes CISC (Intel Xeon/AMD) based
                                                                                                                                  systems to be proposed.
 119                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Bays : Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                    Hot plug drive bays are better than Hot Swap. Please
                                      Server & Application                                                                        allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies to be
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                     quoted.
 120                                                                                                                                                                                         Please refer modified specifications
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Hard Disk capacity & type 4 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF          Hot plug drives are offered ,are better than Hot Swap.
                                      Server & Application    HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                                                 Please allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                     to be quoted.
 121                                                                                                                                                                                         Please refer modified specifications
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM     Red Hat Linux is vendor specific and restricts the
                                      Server & Application    Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches bidders to quote Red Hat only. To ensure a robust
                                   Server at DC under Cluster and errata for the entire contract/ project period.             system and opportunity for similar technologies to be
                                                                                                                              proposed we request the department to allow system
                                                                                                                              integrators to propose Unix based systems as well. This
                                                                                                                              will allow competitive offerings to be proposed. We
                                                                                                                              request the department to allow RHEL/ UNIX based
                                                                                                                              systems to be proposed by the system Integrators.
 122                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and Fans                     Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                                      Server & Application                                                                        kindly allow
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 123                                                                                                                                                                                         Please refer modified specifications
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database     Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs
                                      Server & Application    like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on
                                   Server at DC under Cluster the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for    Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
 124                                                          the entire contract/ project period                              the clause.                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HP            33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Is Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas Volume
                                      Server & Application    manager Adv version
                                   Server at DC under Cluster + Veritas File System Adv versions.
 125                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Is Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas Volume
                                      Server & Application    manager Adv version + Veritas File System Adv versions.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 126                       33                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU         CISC based technologies like Intel Xeon and AMD
                                      Server & Application    should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor   based systems are currenetly capable of delivering
                                   Server at DC under Cluster should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the     comparable high performance and high stability as well
                                                              offered model with latest supported/compatible server chipset.      as robust systems . Several technologies which enabled
                                                                                                                                  RISC/EPIC based systems to deliver high performance
                                                                                                                                  and high availablity are now incorporated in CISC based
                                                                                                                                  systems as well and hence we request the department
                                                                                                                                  to kindly allow changes CISC (Intel Xeon/AMD) based
                                                                                                                                  systems to be proposed.
 127                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Page 12 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                          Hot plug drive bays are better than Hot Swap. Please
                                      Server & Application                                                                       allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies to be
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                    quoted.




 128                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    4 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)               Hot plug drives are offered ,are better than Hot Swap.
                                      Server & Application                                                                       Please allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                    to be quoted.
 129                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM Supported) with cluster Red Hat Linux is vendor specific and restricts the
                                      Server & Application    suite and OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for the       bidders to quote Red Hat only. To ensure a robust
                                   Server at DC under Cluster entire contract/ project period.                                 system and opportunity for similar technologies to be
                                                                                                                               proposed we request the department to allow system
                                                                                                                               integrators to propose Unix based systems as well. This
                                                                                                                               will allow competitive offerings to be proposed. We
                                                                                                                               request the department to allow RHEL/ UNIX based
                                                                                                                               systems to be proposed by the system Integrators.


 130                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and Fans                    Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                                      Server & Application                                                                       kindly allow
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 131                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs                 Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                      Server & Application    like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the clause.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster the
                                                              servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for the
                                                              entire
                                                              contract/ project period




 132                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Is Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas Volume
                                      Server & Application    manager
 133                               Server at DC under Cluster Adv version + Veritas File System Adv versions.                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Number of Sockets :Two populated and upgradeable up to Four
                                      Server & Application    (Min. 2 Cores per Socket)
                                   Server at DC under Cluster

 134                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 13 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Cache Memory: As per OEM Processor Architecture                   Request to change "Total Cache to be min 6 MB per
                                      Server & Application                                                                      processor Core or the latest available at the time of
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                   bidding" as Cache plays very important role in
                                                                                                                                determining the performance of the system.Hence
                                                                                                                                servers with more cache should be asked. Large Cache
                                                                                                                                availability improves the overall performance of the
                                                                                                                                application and hence the servers. Hence large caches
                                                                                                                                helps the servers deliver more computing power.
 135                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Bay : Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                   Min. 5 Hot Swappable Bays, as This is required for
                                      Server & Application                                                                      providing redundant adapters
 136                               Server at DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database                                                                      Total Cache to be min 6 MB per processor Core or the
                                      Server & Application                                                                      latest available at the time of bidding.Cache plays very
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                   important role in determining the performance of the
                                                                                                                                system.Hence servers with more cache should be
                                                                                                                                asked. Large Cache availability improves the overall
                                                                                                                                performance of the application and hence the servers.
                                                                                                                                Hence large caches helps the servers deliver more
 137                                                          Cache Memory                                                      computing power.                                              No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Bay : Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                   Min. 5 Hot Swappable Bays.
                                      Server & Application                                                                      This is required for providing redundant adapters
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 138                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Additional recommondation :Server must have capability for
                                                              minimum 4 Partitions to run Independent OS instance on each       Server must have capability for minimum 4 Partitions to
                                      Server & Application
                                                                                                                                run Independent OS instance on each partition. Failure
                                   Server at DC under Cluster partition
                                                                                                                                of one partition should not affect any other partitions. It
                                                                                                                                should be possible to dedicate Fibre Channel and
                                                                                                                                Etherner ports to any partition witwithout sharing
                                                                                                                                resources with another partition".
                                                                                                                                This provides highly secured environment for the
                                                                                                                                multiple partitions to co-exist with-in the same server
                                                                                                                                thus providing the 100% availability to all the partitions
                                                                                                                                and thus the applications.
 139                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Warranty and Support                                              Support : 3-Years 24x7 warranty directly from the OEM
                                      Server & Application
 140                               Server at DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             HCL           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line growth , shrink and   Is the Volume Manager required to have online tuning
                                      Server & Application    Volume layout & characterstics change capabilities                ability which enables reconfiguration of storage layout ?
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                   This shall help in optimal storage utilisation ,
                                                                                                                                improvement in storage performance and storage
                                                                                                                                migration from one type of storage to another.
 141                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line growth , shrink and Is the Volume Manager required to have online tuning
                                      Server & Application    Volume layout & characteristics change capabilities             ability which enables reconfiguration of storage layout?
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                 This shall help in optimal storage utilization,
                                                                                                                              improvement in storage performance and storage
                                                                                                                              migration from one type of storage to another.
 142                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Processor/CPU :RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or        Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                                      Server & Application    higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of     more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and      Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC
                                                              cache supported on the offered model with latest
                                                              supported/compatible server chipset.
 143                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Operating system :Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM      Please allow Unix as well.
                                      Server & Application    Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches
                                   Server at DC under Cluster and errata for the entire contract/ project period.
 144                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Page 14 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
            Wipro          33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs     Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                      Server & Application    like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the clause.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
                                                              the entire contract/ project period
 145                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Item No. 1 ‐ Database Server & Application Server at DC under      What is the hardware configuration of UAT server, Is it
                                      Server & Application    Cluster                                                            the same as production server, and what is the number
                                   Server at DC under Cluster RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The            of users for UAT environment?
                                                              CPU should be of latest generation at the time of bidding
                                                              i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and cache
                                                              supported on the offered model with latest supported/
 146                                                          compatible server chipset.                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Database Server & Application Server at DC under Cluster           Buisness Continuity and Disaster Recovery strategy is
                                      Server & Application                                                                       not detailed. Has the Disaster recovery site been
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                    considered for the IGRS system and will there be a DR      No Disaster recovery site has been discussed in
                                                                                                                                 site?                                                      this RFP, it is proposed and under consideration.
 147
             CMC                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Hard Disk capacity & type 4 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF
                                      Server & Application    HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
                                                                                                                                 FC disks are very costly as compared to SAS Disks.
                           33                                                                                                    Please, clarify whether internal SAS or FC disks are
                                                                                                                                 required



 148                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
                                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Power supply :Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and
                                      Server & Application    Fans                                                               Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                           34
                                   Server at DC under Cluster                                                                    kindly allow
 149                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
                                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Certification :Should be certified on the supplied OS Version
                           34         Server & Application
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 150                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
                                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database     Anti virusCommercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs like
                                      Server & Application    Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the
                                   Server at DC under Cluster servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for the
                                                              entire contract/ project period
                                                                                                                                 Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                           34
                                                                                                                                 the clause.



 151                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Power supply :Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and           Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                                      Server & Application    Fans                                                               kindly allow
                                   Server at DC under Cluster
 152                       34                                                                                                                                                               Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Certification :Should be certified on the supplied OS Version
                                      Server & Application
                                   Server at DC under Cluster


 153                       34                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database     Anti virusCommercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs like
                                      Server & Application    Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the
                                   Server at DC under Cluster servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for the    Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                                              entire contract/ project period                                  the clause.
 154                       34                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Power supply :Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and         Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                                      Server & Application    Fans                                                             kindly allow
 155                       34      Server at DC under Cluster                                                                                                                           Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 15 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database    Certification :Should be certified on the supplied OS Version
                                      Server & Application
                                   Server at DC under Cluster




 156                       34                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             TCS                     Item No. 1 ‐ Database     Anti virusCommercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs like Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                      Server & Application    Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the the clause.
                                   Server at DC under Cluster servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for the
                                                              entire contract/ project period
 157                       34                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          34                Note1              Oracle Database v10.2 (or higher) Ent. Edition + Oracle RAC +        Oracle Partitioning should be included to achieve
                                                                Oracle Diagnostic Pack + Oracle Tuning Pack to be installed on       optimal database performance for IGRS.
                                                                the Database Servers and should include OEM Support (ATS),
                                                                updates, patches and errata for the entire contract/ project period.




 158                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Airtel         35                                   Processor/CPU :RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or          Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                                                                higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of       more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                                                bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and        Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC. CISC
                                                                cache supported on the offered model with latest                    based technologies like Intel Xeon and AMD based
                                                                supported/compatible server chipset.                                systems are currenetly capable of delivering comparable
                                                                                                                                    high performance and high stability as well as robust
                                                                                                                                    systems . Several technologies which enabled
                                                                                                                                    RISC/EPIC based systems to deliver high performance
                                                                                                                                    and high availablity are now incorporated in CISC based
                                                                                                                                    systems as well and hence we request the department
                                                                                                                                    to kindly allow changes CISC (Intel Xeon/AMD) based
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                       systems to be proposed.
 159                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Airtel         35

                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Hard Disk : 2 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF HDD (10K)/ FC            Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
 160                                   DC under Cluster       (15K)                                                                 Swap. Please allow.                                       Please refer modified specifications
             HP            35




                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 161                                   DC under Cluster       Certification :Should be certified on the supplied OS Version                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                              Typically Web servers are not run in a SAN connected Cluster,
                                                              They are load Balanced at Network layer
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 162                       35          DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 16 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                        Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS                                                                                                              Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                                                                                                                              more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                                                                                                              Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC
                                                              Processor/CPU : RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or
                                                              higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of
                                                              bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at cache supported on the offered model with latest
 163                       35          DC under Cluster       supported/compatible server chipset.                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             TCS

                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Hard Disk capacity & type :2 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF     Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
 164                       35          DC under Cluster       HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                                             Swap. Please allow.                                       Please refer modified specifications
             TCS



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 165                       35          DC under Cluster       RAID Controller :Support for RAID 0 ,1, 5 or equivalent         add on controller to be offered                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                              ok. Use multifunctional card along with SCSI ports, FC
                                                                                                                              ports are to be offered on dedicated slots
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 166                       35          DC under Cluster       Network Interface :4 x Gigabit Ethernet ports                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             TCS



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                 Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
 167                       35          DC under Cluster       Bays :Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                 Swap. Please allow.                                       Please refer modified specifications
             TCS



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 168                       35          DC under Cluster       File System :Jouranling Based File System                       Add online JFS                                            No change, as per RFP
             TCS

                                                              Volume Manager : Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line Veritas VxFS and VxVM is needed. Are these
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at growth, shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change      functionalities needed at Web Server ? Typically, these
 169                       35          DC under Cluster       capabilities                                                  are needed at the DB layer.                                 No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                            Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                                                              Processor/CPU : RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or   more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                                              higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC
                                                              bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at cache supported on the offered model with latest
 170                       35          DC under Cluster       supported/compatible server chipset.                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                            Hot plug drive bays are offered , which are better than
                                                                                                                            Hot Swap. Please allow.
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 171                       35          DC under Cluster       Bays :Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                                                                           Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                                                                                                            Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
                                                                                                                            Swap. Please allow.



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Hard Disk capacity & type :2 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF
 172                       35          DC under Cluster       HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                                                                                                              ok. Use multifunctional card along with SCSI ports, FC
                                                                                                                              ports are to be ofered on dedicated slots


                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 173                       35          DC under Cluster       Network Interface :4 x Gigabit Ethernet ports                                                                             No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                               Page 17 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification           Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS                                                                                                                Veritas VxFS and SG
                                                                File System : Oracle Disk Manager (ODM) Compliant Cluster File System for Oracle RAC Storage fundadtion


                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 174                       35          DC under Cluster                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                SG Storage foundadtion / VxVM




                                                              Volume Manager : Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at growth, shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change
 175                       35          DC under Cluster       capabilities                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                              Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM     Please allow Unix as well.
                                                              Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches
                                                              and errata for the entire contract/ project period.




                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 176                       35          DC under Cluster                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                       Page 18 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS           35                                                                                                     Typically Web servers are not run in a SAN connected
                                                                                                                                  Cluster, They are load Balanced at Network layer




                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 177                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
             TCS           35                                                                                                     Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                                                                                                                                  more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                                                                                                                  Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC. CISC
                                                                                                                                  based technologies like Intel Xeon and AMD based
                                                                                                                                  systems are currenetly capable of delivering comparable
                                                                                                                                  high performance and high stability as well as robust
                                                                                                                                  systems . Several technologies which enabled
                                                                                                                                  RISC/EPIC based systems to deliver high performance
                                                                                                                                  and high availablity are now incorporated in CISC based
                                                                                                                                  systems as well and hence we request the department
                                                              RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU
                                                                                                                                  to kindly allow changes CISC (Intel Xeon/AMD) based
                                                              should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor
                                                                                                                                  systems to be proposed.
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the
 178                                   DC under Cluster       offered model with latest supported/compatible server chipset.                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS           35

                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                     Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
 179                                   DC under Cluster       2 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                Swap. Please allow.                                       Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           35                                 Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM Supported) with cluster    flavour of Linux can be easily compiled to run on Unix as
                                                              suite and OEM                                                       well. Red Hat Linux is vendor specific and restricts the
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Support, updates, patches and errata for the entire contract/       bidders to quote Red Hat only. To ensure a robust
 180                                   DC under Cluster       project period.                                                     system and opportunity for similar technologies to be     No change, as per RFP
             TCS           35                                                                                                     Hot plug drive bays are better than Hot Swap. Please
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                     allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies to be
 181                                   DC under Cluster       Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and Fans                     quoted.                                                   Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Typically Web servers are not run in a SAN connected Cluster,
 182                                   DC under Cluster       They are load Balanced at Network layer                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                              Processor/CPU : RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or
                                                              higher. The CPU should be of latest generation at the time of       Please allow 18 MB cache, 1.6 Ghz processor as it is
                           35                                 bidding i.e. Vendor should offer the highest clock speed and        more tuned to commercial solutions.
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at cache supported on the offered model with latest                    Also kindly allow changes to RISC/EPIC/CISC
 183                                   DC under Cluster       supported/compatible server chipset.                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                  Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Hard Disk capacity & type :2 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF
                                                                                                                                  Swap. Please allow.
 184                                   DC under Cluster       HDD (10K)/ FC (15K)                                                                                                           Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                     add on controller to be offered
 185                                   DC under Cluster       RAID Controller :Support for RAID 0 ,1, 5 or equivalent                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 19 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                     Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                   ok. Use multifunctional card along with SCSI ports, FC
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      ports are to be offered on dedicated slots
 186                                   DC under Cluster       Network Interface :4 x Gigabit Ethernet ports                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                   Hot plug drives are offered , which are better than Hot
                           35
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      Swap. Please allow.
 187                                   DC under Cluster       Bays :Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      Add online JFS
 188                                   DC under Cluster       File System : Jouranling Based File System                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                               Veritas VxFS and VxVM is needed. Are these
                           35                                 Volume Manager Drive : Volume Management Capabilities with       functionalities needed at Web Server ? Typically, these
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at On‐line growth, shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change are needed at the DB layer.
 189                                   DC under Cluster       capabilities                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                                            Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM
                                                              Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at and errata for the entire contract/ project period.              Please allow Unix as well.
 190                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                   Hot Plug power is offered which is better than hot swap,
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Power supply :Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and             kindly allow
 191                                   DC under Cluster       Fans                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                           35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 192                                   DC under Cluster       certification :Should be certified on the supplied OS Version                                                              No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                                             Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs
                                                              like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                           35                                 the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                  the clause.
                                                              the entire contract/ project period.
 193                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech         35                                                                                                  Typically Web servers are not run in a SAN connected
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                  Cluster, They are load Balanced at Network layer
 194                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech         35                                 Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM
                                                              Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches Please allow Unix as well- applications written for any
                                                              and errata for the entire contract/ project period.
                                                                                                                               flavour of Linux can be easily compiled to run on Unix as
                                                                                                                                   well. Red Hat Linux is vendor specific and restricts the
                                                                                                                                   bidders to quote Red Hat only. To ensure a robust
                                                                                                                                   system and opportunity for similar technologies to be
                                                                                                                                   proposed we request the department to allow system
                                                                                                                                   integrators to propose Unix based systems as well. This
                                                                                                                                   will allow competitive offerings to be proposed. We
                                    Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                     request the department to allow RHEL/ UNIX based
 195                                    DC under Cluster                                                                           systems to be proposed by the system Integrators.        No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech         35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      Hot plug drive bays are better than Hot Swap. Please
                                     DC under Cluster-Power                                                                        allow both Hot Swap and Hot Plug technologies to be
                                             supply                                                                                quoted.
 196                                                             Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and Fans                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech         35                                    Certification :Should be certified on the supplied OS Version
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 197                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech         35                                  Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs    Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                                              like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the clause.
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
 198                                   DC under Cluster       the entire contract/ project period.                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech         35                                                                                                      Please clarify if Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with
                                                              File system : Please clarify if Oracle RAC being used in a cluster   Veritas Volume manager Adv version + Veritas File
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at with Veritas Volume manager Adv version + Veritas File System        System Adv versions.
 199                                   DC under Cluster       Adv versions.                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Page 20 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                         Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             HP            35
                                                                                                                                We would request department to allow bidders to
                                                                                                                                prpose Blade architecture based servers also. Blade
                                                                                                                                servers allow substantial savings in terms of power
                                                                                                                                consumption, data centre space and data centre cooling
                                                                                                                                requirements compared to traditional rack
                                                                                                                                architecture.Now Blade server technology has been
                                                                                                                                available in the market for last 3-5 years and most of the
                                                                                                                                mission critical data centre enviornments prefer Blade
                                                                                                                                servers over traditional rack servers as they allow a
                                                                                                                                substantial saving in power , space and cooling
                                                                                                                                requirments and allow more server compute power in
                                                              RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU       lesser space and lead to a green data centre
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor enviornment. Given the above we request department to
                                       DC under Cluster-      should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the allow bidders to propose Blade server architecture
 200                                    Processor/CPU         offered model with latest supported/compatible server chipset.    based servers as well.                                     No change, as per RFP
             HP            35




                                                                                                                                Intel has recently launched its latest CPU -Intel Xeon
                                                                                                                                5600 series based on Intel 5520 chipset- Please confirm
                                                                                                                                that the same needs to be proposed. Memory scaliblity
 201                                                                                                                            in theses systems in 192 GB.                             No change, as per RFP
             HP            35                                                                                                   The Cache is used dynamically by the array for data and
                                                                                                                                Control operations. Hence the data cache would vary
                                                                                                                                depending on the operations being performed. Hence
                                                                                                                                the cache should be defined as total cache rather than
                                                                                                                                usable cache. Hence we request the specifactions to be
                                                                                                                                modified to read as following - "Cache should be
                                                                                                                                mirrored between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated,
                                                                                                                                redundant paths / links between the controllers. In case
                                                                                                                                of power failure, the SAN array must be provided with
                                                                                                                                cache protection mechanism to ensure no loss of data in
                                                                                                                                cache by destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of
                                                                                                                                power outage, or for
                                                                                                                                minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be
                                                                                                                                configured with at least 8GB cache across dual RISC/
                                                                                                                                ASIC controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect
                                                                                                                                paths."
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Hard Disk :2 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF HDD (10K)/ FC
 202                                   DC under Cluster       (15K)                                                                                                                    Please refer modified specifications
             HP            35                                 Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM     Different OEM's would have different scalbility for the
                                                              Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches SAN as required by IGRS. In order to give equal
                                                              and errata for the entire contract/ project period.             platform to all the number of disks should be changed
                                                                                                                              to 200 so that all OEM's can quote for the above tender.
                                                                                                                              Hence we request the tender line to be modified as -
                                                                                                                              "The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of
                                                                                                                              210 disks in the array supplied from Day One and
                                                                                                                              should be expandable in
                                                                                                                              future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should
                                                                                                                              support intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of
                                                                                                                              various capacities and speeds. It should support dual
                                                                                                                              ported FC disks of 146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB
                                                                                                                              (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and 400GB/ 450GB (10K rpm &
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                 15K rpm in future). "
 203                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Page 21 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             HP            35                                                                                                      The storage system should support dynamic online
                                                                                                                                   LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping/
                                                                                                                                   concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which
                                                                                                                                   can achieve similar functionality with supporting
                                                                                                                                   whitepaper validation documents from third party
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Power supply : Redundant Hot‐Swappable power supplies and
                                                                                                                                   agencies
 204                                   DC under Cluster       Fans                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
             HP            35                                                                                                      The storage sizing should be arrived by the SI as per the
                                                                                                                                   solution requirement. Given the above storage
                                                                                                                                   specifcations the standard models from all OEMS
                                                                                                                                   meeting the requiremenst shall deliver IOPS in the
                                                                                                                                   range of 200000.Mentioning higher IOPS will force
                                                                                                                                   vendors to quote models which are not required for
                                                                                                                                   meeting the requirements and hence compromising on
                                                                                                                                   the price/performance ratio and overall Total cost of
                                                                                                                                   Ownership.We suggest Department to either remove
                                                                                                                                   thsi clause or ask for I/O performance should be greater
                                                                                                                                   than or at least equal to 200000 IOPS from Cache and
                                                                                                                                   should have a sustained sequential throughput of
                                                                                                                                   minimum 2000MB/sec.
 205                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
             HP            35      Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      Should have capability to support advanced software
                                       DC under Cluster-                                                                           functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies
                                         Certification                                                                             and capability for remote copy services for saster
                                                                                                                                   recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                                                                                                   heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types
                                                                                                                                   including Disks that are contained in the
                                                                                                                                   servers. The software for creation of point in time copies
                                                                                                                                   should be supplied along with the array and licensed for
                                                                                                                                   unlimited capacity.
 206                                                            Should be certified on the supplied OS Version                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
             HP            35                                    Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs
                                                                like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on
                                                                the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
                                                                the entire contract/ project period.




                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 207                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             HP            35


                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Please clarify if Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas
 208                                   DC under Cluster       Volume manager Adv version + Veritas File System Adv versions.                                                                    No change, as per RFP
             TCS           35
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 209                                   DC under Cluster       Should be certified on the supplied OS Version                                                                                    No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Page 22 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS           35                                    Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs
                                                                like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on
                                                                the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
                                                                the entire contract/ project period.




                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
 210                                   DC under Cluster                                                                            the clause.                                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS           35



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at Please clarify if Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas
 211                                   DC under Cluster       Volume manager Adv version + Veritas File System Adv versions.                                                         No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                 Two populated (Min. 2 Cores per Socket)
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 212                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                 RAM / Main Memory :16GB Parity Protected ECC/ FB‐DIMM RAM 16GB Parity Protected ECC/ FB‐DIMM RAM expandable
                                                              expandable up to min. 128 GB                                      up to min. 64GB As with 4-cores system, 16GB/core is
                                                                                                                                the memory which at a max system can use. More
                                                                                                                                memory will be a waste for the server. Hence server
                                                                                                                                should be 64GB memory capable



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 213                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                   Bays : Min. 4 Hot Swappable Bays                                   Min. 5 Hot Swappable Bays, as This is required for
                                                                                                                                   providing redundant adapters
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 214                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                   Cache Memory                                                       Total Cache to be min 6 MB per processor Core or the
                                                                                                                                   latest available at the time of bidding.
                                                                                                                                   Cache plays very important role in determining the
                                                                                                                                   performance of the system.Hence servers with more
                                                                                                                                   cache should be asked. Large Cache availability
                                                                                                                                   improves the overall performance of the application and
                                                                                                                                   hence the servers. Hence large caches helps the
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      servers deliver more computing power.
 215                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                   RAM / Main Memory                                                  16GB Parity Protected ECC/ FB‐DIMM RAM expandable
                                                                                                                                   up to min. 64G
                                                                                                                                   With 4-cores system, 16GB/core is the memory which at
                                                                                                                                   a max system can use. More memory will be a waste for
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                      the server. Hence server should be 64GB memory
 216                                   DC under Cluster                                                                            capable                                               No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                   Bays                                                               Min. 5 Hot Swappable Bays.
                                                                                                                                   This is required for providing redundant adapters
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 217                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Page 23 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             IBM           35                                   Server must have capability for minimum 4 Partitions to run       Server must have capability for minimum 4 Partitions to
                                                                Independent OS instance on each partition                         run Independent OS instance on each partition. Failure
                                                                                                                                  of one partition This provides highly secured
                                                                                                                                  environment for the multiple partitions to co-exist with-in
                                                                                                                                  the same server thus providing the 100% availability to
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                     all the partitions and thus the applications.
 218                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                   Capable of dynamic movement of resources (CPU/ memory/            Capable of dynamic movement of resources (CPU/
                                                                adapte                                                            memory/ adapters) across partitions. Without restarting
                                                                                                                                  or shutting down the partitions.
                                                                                                                                  This provides the optimal utilization of the resources to
                                                                                                                                  bring best of the performance from the server resources
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at                                                                     with less power consumption and heat dissipation.
 219                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35                                   Warranty and Support                                              Support : 3-Years 24x7 warranty directly from the OEM
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 220                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             HCL           35                                                                                                     Is the Volume Manager required to have online tuning
                                                                                                                                  ability which enables reconfiguration of storage layout ?
                                                                                                                                  This shall help in optimal storage utilisation ,
                                                                                                                                  improvement in storage performance and storage
                                                              Volume Manager Drive : Volume Management Capabilities with          migration from one type of storage to another.
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at On‐line growth, shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change
 221                                   DC under Cluster       capabilities                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          35                                                                                                     Is the Volume Manager required to have online tuning
                                                                                                                                  ability which enables reconfiguration of storage layout?
                                                                                                                                  This shall help in optimal storage utilization,
                                                                                                                                  improvement in storage performance and storage
                                                                                                                                  migration from one type of storage to another.

                                                              Volume Manager Drive : Volume Management Capabilities with
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at On‐line growth, shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change
 222                                   DC under Cluster       capabilities                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          35                                 Typically Web servers are not run in a SAN connected Cluster,
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at They are load Balanced at Network layer
 223                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          35                                 Volume Manager Drive : Volume Management Capabilities with       Are these functionalities needed at Web Server ?
                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at On‐line growth, shrink and Volume layout & characterstics change Typically, these are needed at the DB layer.
 224                                   DC under Cluster       capabilities                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          35                                 Operating System : Latest version of 64bit RHEL 5.x AP (OEM      Please allow Unix as well.
                                                              Supported) with cluster suite and OEM Support, updates, patches
                                                              and errata for the entire contract/ project period.


                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 225                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          35                                    Anti‐Virus :Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs    Unix servers do not come with Anti Virus, kindly modify
                                                                like Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed on the clause.
                                                                the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and errata for
                                                                the entire contract/ project period.



                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 226                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Page 24 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
           Symantec        38                                Note: Open Source (OEM supported)                                     Please rearticulate as “Proposed solution
                                                             Commercial Mailing Solution with 700                                  should include antivirus and anti-spam
                                                             Mailboxes (Scaleable up to minimum 2500                               solution on the email gateway itself (
                                                             mailboxes) and features like Internet/                                SMTP)”; otherwise in the absence of the
                                                             Inbound/ Outbound                                                     same the worm attacks can reach to the
                                                             Mail Relays, Webmail, SMTP, LMTP, POP3,                               mail servers directly and create attacks
                                                             IMAP, LDAP, OpenLDAP, SOAP, XML,                                      like denial of service as email servers
                                                             Class‐of‐ Service, Address book, Web based                            processing can be high to do the SPAM
                                                             Calendar and Scheduler, Multiple External                             filtering as all the SPAMs will come
                                                             Mail Accounts                                                         directly to the mail server itself. If
                                                             Mail retrieval, SSL/ TLS Encryption, Client                           Proposed Anti SPAM solution for gateway
                                                             Authentication, MIME, Mobile/ PDA Mail                                can support a virtual environments then
                                                             Access,Folder Management, Mailbox                                     this can provide cost savings due to better
                                                             Sorting and Searching, Multi‐domain                                   hardware utilization and lower power
                                                             support, Instant                                                      consumption, rapid deployment and
                                                             Messaging/ Chat, SSO, Easy Backup and                                 provisioning, flexible storage options, and
                                                             Restore, User Quota, Integrated Anti‐spam                             more robust backup and disaster recovery
                                                             and Anti‐Virus, Web Administration,                                   capabilities to MP IGRS.
                                   Item No. 3 – DMS Server /
                                                             Clustering, etc… to be installed on the Mail
                                     Image Superimposing
                                                             Servers in Failover and Load Balanced Mode
                                   Application Server (ISAS)
                                                             and should include OEM Support, updates,
 227                                    under Cluster/       patches and errata for the entire contract/                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
           Symantec        39                                Commercial Anti‐Virus Software from leading OEMs like                 Proposed solution
                                                             Trend‐Micro/ Symantec/ Kaspersky/ Mcafee to be installed              should include antivirus and anti-spam
                                                             on the servers with OEM Support, updates, patches and                 solution on the email gateway itself (
                                                             errata for the entire contract/ project period. Advanced antivirus,   SMTP)”; otherwise in the absence of the
                                                             antispyware, desktop firewall, intrusion prevention,                  same the worm attacks can reach to the
                                                             application control, network access control and device                mail servers directly and create attacks
                                                             control into a single, deployable agent which can be                  like denial of service as email servers
                                                             managed by a single server                                            processing can be high to do the SPAM
                                                                                                                                   filtering as all the SPAMs will come
                                                                                                                                   directly to the mail server itself. If
                                                                                                                                   Proposed Anti SPAM solution for gateway
                                                                                                                                   can support a virtual environments then
                                                                                                                                   this can provide cost savings due to better
                                                                                                                                   hardware utilization and lower power
                                                                                                                                   consumption, rapid deployment and
                                     Item No. 4 – Directory                                                                        provisioning, flexible storage options, and
                                     Server under Cluster/                                                                         more robust backup and disaster recovery
 228                                     Backup Server                                                                             capabilities to MP IGRS.                                  No change, as per RFP
             IBM           39                                   Chipset :Intel 5000P Series or higher                              The Chipset asked is End of Sale , Intel 5520 Or Higher


                                     Item No. 4 – Directory
                                     Server under Cluster/
 229                                     Backup Server                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             IBM           39                                   HDD :4 x 146 GB Hot Swappable SAS SFF HDD (10K)/ FC (15K) FC option is not there with Intel Server , hence would
                                     Item No. 4 – Directory
                                                                                                                          request you to Remove FC HDD option
                                     Server under Cluster/
 230                                     Backup Server                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             HCL           39                                   Volume Management Capabilities with On‐line growth , shrink and Is the Volume Manager required to have online tuning
                                                                Volume layout & characterstics change capabilities              ability which enables reconfiguration of storage layout ?
                                                                                                                                This shall help in optimal storage utilisation ,
                                     Item No. 4 – Directory                                                                     improvement in storage performance and storage
                                                                                                                                migration from one type of storage to another.
                                     Server under Cluster/
 231                                     Backup Server                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          39                                   The successful bidder will ensure proper audit law policy, user Is the Volume Manager required to have online tuning
                                                                awareness policy, password policy, vulnerability scan, patch ability which enables reconfiguration of storage layout?
                                                                management policy, information                                  This shall help in optimal storage utilization,
                                                                                                                                improvement in storage performance and storage
                                     Item No. 4 – Directory
                                                                                                                                migration from one type of storage to another.
                                     Server under Cluster/
 232                                     Backup Server                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                          Page 25 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS                   Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Availability & Required Cache :Cache should be mirrored between      Cache should be mirrored between Active‐Active
                                         Area Network)       Active‐Active controllers on dedicated, redundant paths / links      controllers on dedicated, redundant paths / links
                                                             between the controllers. In case of power failure, the SAN array     between the controllers. In case of power failure, the
                                                             must be provided with cache protection mechanism to ensure no        SAN array must be provided with cache protection
                                                             loss of data in cache by destaging to disks, irrespective of         mechanism to ensure no loss of data in cache by
                                                             duration of power outage, or for                                     destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of power
                                                             minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be configured          outage, or for
                                                             with at least 8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/ ASIC           minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be
                                                             controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect paths.               configured with at least 8GB cache across dual RISC/
                                                                                                                                  ASIC controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect
                                                                                                                                  paths.We request to change 8GB usable data cache
                                                                                                                                  across two controller to 8 GB Data cache,we have
                                                                                                                                  unique feature of active/actiev controller where both the
                                                                                                                                  controller can do read / write to a single LUN ,advantage
                                                                                                                                  is highest amount of usable cache avalible.
 233                       41                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             TCS                   Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Required Disk SpceThe Proposed SAN array should be                   Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10
                                         Area Network)       configured with minimum Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is             (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC
                                                             required on RAID 10 (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB,        HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare
                                                             15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot            per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750
                                                             spare per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750 GB/      GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all necessary
                                                             1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all necessary required Global hot          required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                             spares and excluding all RAID 10                                     Penalties.We requrest to include SATA/FATA
                                                             Penalties.




 234                       41                                                                                                                                                                 Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         41                                    Disk Drives : The SAN Array should be able to support a          Different OEM's would have different scalbility for the
                                                                minimum of 220 disks in the array supplied from Day One and       SAN as required by IGRS. In order to give equal
                                                                should be expandable in future with data in place upgrade. The    platform to all the number of disks should be changed
                                                                SAN Array should supportintermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks    to 200 so that all OEM's can quote for the above tender.
                                                                of various capacities and speeds. It should support dual ported   Hence we request the tender line to be modified as -
                                                                FC disks of 146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB (10K rpm & 15K         "The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of
                                                                rpm) and 400GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm in future).                     210 disks in the array supplied from Day One and
                                                                                                                                  should be expandable in
                                                                                                                                  future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should
                                                                                                                                  support intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of
                                                                                                                                  various capacities and speeds. It should support dual
                                                                                                                                  ported FC disks of 146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB
                                                                                                                                  (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and 400GB/ 450GB (10K rpm &
                                                                                                                                  15K rpm in future). "




                                   Item No. 2 ‐ Web Server at
 235                                   DC under Cluster                                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 26 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
            Airtel                 Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Cache should be mirrored between Active‐Active controllers on          The Cache is used dynamically by the array for data and
                                         Area Network)       dedicated, redundant paths / links between the controllers. In         Control operations. Hence the data cache would vary
                                                             case of power failure, the SAN array must be provided with cache       depending on the operations being performed. Hence
                                                             protection mechanism to ensure no loss of data in cache by             the cache should be defined as total cache rather than
                                                             destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of power outage, or for   usable cache. Hence we request the specifactions to be
                                                             minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be configured            modified to read as following - "Cache should be
                                                             with at least 8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/ ASIC             mirrored between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated,
                                                             controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect paths.                 redundant paths / links between the controllers. In case
                                                                                                                                    of power failure, the SAN array must be provided with
                                                                                                                                    cache protection mechanism to ensure no loss of data in
                                                                                                                                    cache by destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of
                                                                                                                                    power outage, or for minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed
                                                                                                                                    SAN Array should be configured with at least 8GB
                                                                                                                                    cache across dual RISC/ ASIC controllers with dual
                                                                                                                                    cache mirror interconnect paths."


 236                       41                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Airtel         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Availability & Required Cache : Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is       Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10
                                         Area Network)       required on RAID 10 (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB,          (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC
                                                             15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot              HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare
                                                             spare per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750 GB/        per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750
                                                             1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all necessary required Global hot            GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all necessary
                                                             spares and excluding all RAID 10                                       required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                             Penalties.                                                             Penalties.

 237                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Volume Expansion : The storage system should support dynamic           The storage system should support dynamic online
                                         Area Network)       online LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping as well        LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping/
                                                             as concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which can          concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which
                                                             achieve similar functionality with supporting whitepaper validation    can achieve similar functionality with supporting
                                                             documents from third party agencies                                    whitepaper validation documents from third party
                                                                                                                                    agencies
 238                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage IOPS :I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal to The storage sizing should be arrived by the SI as per the
                                         Area Network)       400000 IOPS from Cache and should have a sustained sequential solution requirement. Given the above storage
                                                             throughput of minimum 2000MB/sec.                                 specifcations the standard models from all OEMS
                                                                                                                               meeting the requiremenst shall deliver IOPS in the
                                                                                                                               range of 200000.Mentioning higher IOPS will force
                                                                                                                               vendors to quote models which are not required for
                                                                                                                               meeting the requirements and hence compromising on
                                                                                                                               the price/performance ratio and overall Total cost of
                                                                                                                               Ownership.We suggest Department to either remove
                                                                                                                               thsi clause or ask for I/O performance should be greater
                                                                                                                               than or at least equal to 200000 IOPS from Cache and
                                                                                                                               should have a sustained sequential throughput of
                                                                                                                               minimum 2000MB/sec.
 239                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Point-In-Time Copy Services : Should have capability to support        Should have capability to support advanced software
                                         Area Network)       advanced software functionality to create instantaneous point in       functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies
                                                             time copies and capability for remote copy services for saster         and capability for remote copy services for saster
                                                             recovery.The Data Replication capability should support                recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                             heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types including Disks           heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types
                                                             that are contained in the                                              including Disks that are contained in the
                                                             servers. The software for creation of point in time copies should be   servers. The software for creation of point in time copies
                                                             supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited capacity.     should be supplied along with the array and licensed for
                                                                                                                                    unlimited capacity.

 240                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 27 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                         Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
            Huwaei         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage
           Symantec                      Area Network)




                                                                                                                                   x86 CPU based Controllers whould also be allowed as
                                                                RISC/ ASIC controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect
                                                                                                                                   many vendors in the industry manufactures SAN on x86
                                                               paths.
                                                                                                                                   based CPU




 241                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Huwaei         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage SAN- Reliability :The Proposed SAN Array should be configured        Please elaborate "it should also allow the recovery of
           Symantec                      Area Network)       with No Single Point of Failure Architecture with Dual Controllers data in transit in the event of failure",
                                                             for redundancy and should support hot plug and hot swap of
                                                             components online (including controllers, disks, power supplies,
                                                             cooling fans etc.). Should have continuous system monitoring and
                                                             shall support remote diagnostics / error reporting / Call home
                                                             feature. It should also allow the recovery of data in transit in the
                                                             event of failure.
 242                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Huwaei         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage
           Symantec                      Area Network)                                                                             400 GB comes with 10K rpm while 450 GB comes with
                                                               400GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm)                                           15K rpm. Now 600 GB HDD with 15K rpm are also
                                                                                                                                   available in market and should be included in the RFP
 243                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
            Huwaei         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage The storage system should support dynamic online
           Symantec                      Area Network)                                                                   Volume Shrinking is a proporietory technology available
                                                             LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping as well as
                                                                                                                         only with one vendor and hence should be changed
 244                                                         concatenation                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
            Huwaei         41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage
           Symantec                      Area Network)
                                                                                                                         Generally replication software are supported on the
                                                                                                                         similar hardware from the same vendor. So there should
                                                             The Data Replication capability should support
                                                                                                                         not be this kind of clause. However data replication on
                                                             heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types including
                                                                                                                         hetereogeneous storages can be achieved by storage
                                                             Disks that are contained in the servers.
                                                                                                                         Virtualisation and separate hardwar. Please clarify and
                                                                                                                         elaborate this point

 245                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             ILFS          41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage RAID level : RAID Array supporting Raid Levels 0, 1, 0+1, 5,          RAID Array supporting Raid Levels 0, 1, 0+1, 5, 6,
                                         Area Network)       6(DP), 10 orequivalent. The RAID Level should be Hardware             10
                                                             based and should use dedicated Hardware for RAID Calculation.         Please remove RAID DP as it is not industry standard
                                                             Note: ‐ If any of the above features are not supported by the         RAID level and is proprietory to a single OEM
                                                             bidder/OEM, then kindly propose equivalent features, with
                                                             supporting whitepaper validation documents from third party
 246                                                         agencies.                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 28 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             ILFS          41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Availability & Required Cache : Cache should be mirrored               Cache should be mirrored between Active‐Active
                                         Area Network)       between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated, redundant paths /      controllers on dedicated, redundant paths / links
                                                             links between the controllers. In case of power failure, the SAN       between the controllers. In case of power failure, the
                                                             array must be provided with cache protection mechanism to              SAN array must be provided with cache protection
                                                             ensure no loss of data in cache by de‐ staging to disks,               mechanism to ensure no loss of data in cache by de‐
                                                             irrespective of duration of power outage, or for minimum 72 hrs.       staging to disks, irrespective of duration of power outage
                                                             The Proposed SAN Array should be configured with at least              The Proposed SAN Array should be configured with at
                                                             8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/ ASIC controllers               least 8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/
                                                             with dual cache mirror interconnect paths.                             ASIC /CISC controllers with dual cache mirror
                                                                                                                                    interconnect paths.
                                                                                                                                    As the data of IGRS department would be critical it
                                                                                                                                    cannot afford to lose data because of power outage.
                                                                                                                                    Please include CISC servers so that the specs are
                                                                                                                                    generic and include more competition.
 247                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS          41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage                                                                        SAN Storage should be configured with at least 4
                                         Area Network)       Reliability :SAN Storage should be configured with at least 4          numbers of 4Gbps Fiber channel (FC) front end ports
                                                             numbers of 4Gbps Fiber channel (FC) front end ports per                per controller (i.e. a total of at least 8 x 4Gbps FC
                                                             controller (i.e. a total of at least 8 x 4Gbps FC front end            front end ports across Dual controllers) and 4 x 1Gig
                                                             ports across Dual controllers) for front‐end host connectivity.        iSCSI ports for front‐end host connectivity.
                                                                                                                                    As most of the vendors today offer both FC & iSCSI
                                                                                                                                    connectivity please consider asking for both the options
                                                                                                                                    for increased flexibility in configuring the array.

 248                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS          41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Back End Connectivity : SAN Storage should be configured with          SAN Storage should be configured with at least 2
                                         Area Network)       at least 4 numbers of 4Gbps Fiber channel (FC) back end ports          numbers of 4Gbps Fiber channel (FC) back end ports
                                                             per controller (i.e. a total of at least 8 x 4Gbps FC back end         per controller (i.e. a total of at least 4 x 4Gbps FC
                                                             ports across Dual controllers) for back‐end disk‐shelf                 back end ports across Dual controllers) for back‐end
                                                             connectivity.                                                          disk‐shelf connectivity.
                                                                                                                                    The specification is primarily aimed to throw EMC out of
                                                                                                                                    the competition
 249                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS          41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage IOPS :I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal to Please remove the IOPS ratings as the benchmark
                                         Area Network)       400000 IOPS from Cache and should have a sustained sequential environemnts do not match the actual user
                                                             throughput of minimum 2000MB/sec.                                 environments



 250                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             ILFS          41                                  The array should provide for functionality for pointer based         The array should provide for functionality for pointer
                                    Snapshots/ Full Copies     snapshot copies (which require a fraction of the space) as well as   basedsnapshot copies (which require a fraction of the
                                                               full physical copies. It should support Writeable space optimized    space) as well as full physical copies. It should support
                                                               snapshots.The Software for these copies should be licensed           Writeable space optimized snapshots.The Software for
                                                               unlimited capacity.                                                  these copies should be licensed unlimited capacity.
                                                                                                                                    The snpashots/clones should be created o drives other
                                                                                                                                    than the production disk drives
                                                                                                                                    If the snapshots are on same disk drives when the drives
                                                                                                                                    fail the snapshots/clones cannot provide any protection
                                                                                                                                    hence please consider having snpas/clones on drives
                                                                                                                                    othe than the production disk drives

 251                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 29 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Availability & Required Cache : Cache should be mirrored              The Cache is used dynamically by the array for data and
                                         Area Network)       between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated, redundant paths /     Control operations. Hence the data cache would vary
                                                             links between the controllers. In case of power failure, the SAN      depending on the operations being performed. Hence
                                                             array must be provided with cache protection mechanism to             the cache should be defined as total cache rather than
                                                             ensure no loss of data in cache by destaging to disks, irrespective   usable cache. Hence we request the specifactions to be
                                                             of duration of power outage, or for                                   modified to read as following - "Cache should be
                                                             minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be configured           mirrored between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated,
                                                             with at least 8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/ ASIC            redundant paths / links between the controllers. In case
                                                             controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect paths.                of power failure, the SAN array must be provided with
                                                                                                                                   cache protection mechanism to ensure no loss of data in
                                                                                                                                   cache by destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of
                                                                                                                                   power outage, or for
                                                                                                                                   minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be
                                                                                                                                   configured with at least 8GB cache across dual RISC/
                                                                                                                                   ASIC controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect
                                                                                                                                   paths."

 252                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Disk Drives : The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum       Different OEM's would have different scalbility for the
                                         Area Network)       of 220 disks in the array supplied from Day One and should be         SAN as required by IGRS. In order to give equal
                                                             expandable in future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array        platform to all the number of disks should be changed
                                                             should supportintermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of various       to 200 so that all OEM's can quote for the above tender.
                                                             capacities and speeds. It should support dual ported FC disks of      Hence we request the tender line to be modified as -
                                                             146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and                "The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of
                                                             400GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm in future).                                  210 disks in the array supplied from Day One and
                                                                                                                                   should be expandable in
                                                                                                                                   future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should
                                                                                                                                   support intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of
                                                                                                                                   various capacities and speeds. It should support dual
                                                                                                                                   ported FC disks of 146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB
                                                                                                                                   (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and 400GB/ 450GB (10K rpm &
                                                                                                                                   15K rpm in future). "
 253                                                                                                                                                                                   Please refer modified specifications
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage The Proposed SAN array should be configured with minimum         The Proposed SAN array should be configured with
                                    Area Network)--Required Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10 (Strip and   minimum Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on
                                           Disk Spce         Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual       RAID 10 (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K
                                                             Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare per disk tray and equivalent RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1
                                                             amount of storage on 750 GB/ 1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all       hot spare per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage
                                                             necessary required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10   on 750 GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all
                                                             Penalties.                                                       necessary required Global hot spares and excluding all
                                                                                                                              RAID 10
 254                                                                                                                          Penalties.                                               Please refer modified specifications
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Availability & Required Cache : Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10
                                         Area Network)       required on RAID 10 (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB,    (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC
                                                             15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot        HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare
                                                             spare per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750 GB/ per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750
                                                             1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all necessary required Global hot      GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all necessary
                                                             spares and excluding all RAID 10                                 required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                             Penalties.                                                       Penalties.

 255                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 30 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Volume Expansion : The storage system should support dynamic            The storage system should support dynamic online
                                         Area Network)       online LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping as well         LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping/
                                                             as concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which can           concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which
                                                             achieve similar functionality with supporting whitepaper validation     can achieve similar functionality with supporting
                                                             documents from third party agencies                                     whitepaper validation documents from third party
                                                                                                                                     agencies




 256                                                                                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage IOPS I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal to The storage sizing should be arrived by the SI as per the
                                         Area Network)       400000 IOPS from Cache and should have a sustained sequential solution requirement. Given the above storage
                                                             throughput of minimum 2000MB/sec.                                specifcations the standard models from all OEMS
                                                                                                                              meeting the requiremenst shall deliver IOPS in the
                                                                                                                              range of 200000.Mentioning higher IOPS will force
                                                                                                                              vendors to quote models which are not required for
                                                                                                                              meeting the requirements and hence compromising on
                                                                                                                              the price/performance ratio and overall Total cost of
                                                                                                                              Ownership.We suggest Department to either remove
                                                                                                                              thsi clause or ask for I/O performance should be greater
                                                                                                                              than or at least equal to 200000 IOPS from Cache and
                                                                                                                              should have a sustained sequential throughput of
                                                                                                                              minimum 2000MB/sec.




 257                                                                                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
             HP            41      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Should have capability to support advanced software functionality       Should have capability to support advanced software
                                    Area Network)--Point-In- to create instantaneous point in time copies and capability for         functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies
                                      Time Copy Services     remote copy services for saster recovery.The Data Replication           and capability for remote copy services for saster
                                                             capability should support heterogeneous Storage OEMs and                recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                             Storage types including Disks that are contained in the servers.        heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types
                                                             The software for creation of point in time copies should be             including Disks that are contained in the
                                                             supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited capacity.      servers. The software for creation of point in time copies
                                                                                                                                     should be supplied along with the array and licensed for
                                                                                                                                     unlimited capacity.
 258                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             TCS           41                                  Availability & Required Cache : Cache should be mirrored              The Cache is used dynamically by the array for data and
                                                               between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated, redundant paths /     Control operations. Hence the data cache would vary
                                                               links between the controllers. In case of power failure, the SAN      depending on the operations being performed. Hence
                                                               array must be provided with cache protection mechanism to             the cache should be defined as total cache rather than
                                                               ensure no loss of data in cache by destaging to disks, irrespective   usable cache. Hence we request the specifactions to be
                                                               of duration of power outage, or for                                   modified to read as following - "Cache should be
                                                               minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be configured           mirrored between Active‐Active controllers on dedicated,
                                                               with at least 8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/ ASIC            redundant paths / links between the controllers. In case
                                       Item No. 5 ‐ SAN        controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect paths.                of power failure, the SAN array must be provided with
                                    (Storage Area Network)                                                                           cache protection mechanism to ensure no loss of data in
                                                                                                                                     cache by destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of
                                                                                                                                     power outage, or for
                                                                                                                                     minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be
                                                                                                                                     configured with at least 8GB cache across dual RISC/
                                                                                                                                     ASIC controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect
                                                                                                                                     paths."
 259                                                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         Page 31 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                 Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             TCS           41                               Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10 (Strip and        Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10
                                                            Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual             (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC
                                                            Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare per disk tray and equivalent       HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare
                                                            amount of storage on 750 GB/ 1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all             per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750
                                      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN      necessary required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10         GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all necessary
                                   (Storage Area Network)   Penalties.                                                             required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                                                                                                   Penalties.


 260                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           41                               The storage system should support dynamic online LUN/volume            The storage system should support dynamic online
                                                            expansion and shrink through striping as well as concatenation.Or      LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping/
                                      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN      any equivalent means / feature, which can achieve similar              concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which
                                   (Storage Area Network)   functionality with supporting whitepaper validation documents          can achieve similar functionality with supporting
                                                            from third party agencies                                              whitepaper validation documents from third party
                                                                                                                                   agencies
 261                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           41                               I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal to   The storage sizing should be arrived by the SI as per the
                                                            400000 IOPS from Cache and should have a sustained sequential solution requirement. Given the above storage
                                                            throughput of minimum 2000MB/sec.                             specifcations the standard models from all OEMS
                                                                                                                          meeting the requiremenst shall deliver IOPS in the
                                                                                                                          range of 200000.Mentioning higher IOPS will force
                                                                                                                          vendors to quote models which are not required for
                                      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN                                                                    meeting the requirements and hence compromising on
                                   (Storage Area Network)                                                                 the price/performance ratio and overall Total cost of
                                                                                                                          Ownership.We suggest Department to either remove
                                                                                                                          thsi clause or ask for I/O performance should be greater
                                                                                                                          than or at least equal to 200000 IOPS from Cache and
                                                                                                                          should have a sustained sequential throughput of
                                                                                                                          minimum 2000MB/sec.
 262                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           41                               Point-In-Time Copy Services : Should have capability to support        Should have capability to support advanced software
                                                            advanced software functionality to create instantaneous point in       functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies
                                                            time copies and capability for remote copy services for saster         and capability for remote copy services for saster
                                                            recovery.The Data Replication capability should support                recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN      heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types including Disks           heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types
                                                            that are contained in the                                              including Disks that are contained in the
                                   (Storage Area Network)
                                                            servers. The software for creation of point in time copies should be   servers. The software for creation of point in time copies
                                                            supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited capacity.     should be supplied along with the array and licensed for
                                                                                                                                   unlimited capacity.

 263                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             IBM           41                               SAN- Reliability :The Proposed SAN Array should be configured        Please elaborate "it should also allow the recovery of
                                                            with No Single Point of Failure Architecture with Dual Controllers data in transit in the event of failure",
                                                            for redundancy and should support hot plug and hot swap of
                                                            components online (including controllers, disks, power supplies,
                                      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN
                                                            cooling fans etc.). Should have continuous system monitoring and
                                   (Storage Area Network)
                                                            shall support remote diagnostics / error reporting / Call home
                                                            feature. It should also allow the recovery of data in transit in the
                                                            event of failure.
 264                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             IBM           41                               Disk Drives :The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum         10 K RPM disks are not supported now.400 GB disks
                                                            of 220 disks in the array supplied from Day One and should be          are not industry standard.
                                                            expandable in future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array         Request to change " The SAN Array should be able to
                                                            should support intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of various       support a minimum of 220 disks in the array supplied
                                      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN      capacities and speeds. It should support dual ported FC disks of       from Day One and should be expandable in future with
                                   (Storage Area Network)   146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and                 data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should support
                                                            400GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm in future).                                   intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of various
                                                                                                                                   capacities and speeds. It should support dual ported FC
                                                                                                                                   disks of 300GB,450GB,600GB with 15K RPM.
 265                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Page 32 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             HP            41                                                                                                    Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10
                                                                                                                                 (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC
                                                                                                                                 HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare
                                                             Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10 (Strip and per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750
                                                             Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all necessary
                                                             Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare per disk tray and equivalent    required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                             amount of storage on 750 GB/ 1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all          Penalties.
                                   Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage necessary required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
 266                                 Area Network)General    Penalties.                                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                   Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Volume Expansion :The storage system should support dynamic The storage system should support dynamic online
                                         Area Network)       online LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping as well LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping/
                                                             as concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which can       concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which
                                                             achieve similar functionality with supporting whitepaper validation can achieve similar functionality with supporting
                                                             documents from third party agencies                                 whitepaper validation documents from third party
                                                                                                                                 agencies.We request to change "striping as well as
                                                                                                                                 concatenation" to striping/concatenation.Striping gives
                                                                                                                                 both the advantages like expansion/shrink of LUN as
                                                                                                                                 well as increase in performance as LUN gets stripe
                                                                                                                                 across more number of spindels.
 267                       42                                                                                                                                                                    Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                   Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage IOPS :I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal to I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal
                                         Area Network)       400000 IOPS from Cache and should have a sustained sequential to 200000 IOPS from Cache and should have a
                                                             throughput of minimum 2000MB/sec.                                 sustained sequential throughput of minimum
                                                                                                                               2000MB/sec.We request to change cache IOPS to
                                                                                                                               200000 so that it gives us equal playing field.
 268                       42                                                                                                                                                                    Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                   Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Point-In-Time Copy Services :Should have capability to support         Should have capability to support advanced software
                                         Area Network)       advanced software functionality to create instantaneous point in       functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies
                                                             time copies and capability for remote copy services for saster         and capability for remote copy services for saster
                                                             recovery.The Data Replication capability should support                recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                             heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types including Disks           heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types
                                                             that are contained in the                                              including Disks that are contained in the
                                                             servers. The software for creation of point in time copies should be   servers. The software for creation of point in time copies
                                                             supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited capacity.     should be supplied along with the array and licensed for
                                                                                                                                    unlimited capacity. We would request to remove the
                                                                                                                                    same as these features are very well avablibe with many
                                                                                                                                    virtulization hardware or software solutions,also server
                                                                                                                                    based based softwares are avalibe with many vendor as
                                                                                                                                    well as database or application vendors.


 269                       42                                                                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          42      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Support for industry‐leading Operating System platform including Virtualized OS is not mention in storage supported list
                                         Area Network)       but not limited to various flavours of LINUX, Microsoft Windows, are we not planning to have a virtualization layer in
                                                             UNIX (HP‐UX, SUN Solaris, IBM‐AIX) etc. as well as various High Future
                                                             Availability cluster solutions. The detailed interoperability matrix
                                                             should be available on the public domain.




 270                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 33 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
            Wipro          42      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Point‐In‐Time Copy Services :Should have capability to support For how many Servers are looking to PIT copy
                                         Area Network)       advanced software functionality to create instantaneous point in
                                                             time copies and
                                                             capability for remote copy services for disaster recovery.The Data
                                                             Replication capability should support hetero



 271                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
           Symantec        43      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Should have capability to support advanced                          What is the RPO and RTO expected from
                                         Area Network)       software functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies Replication Software
                                                             and capability for remote copy services for
                                                             disaster recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                             heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types including Disks
                                                             that are contained in the servers. The
                                                             software for creation of point in time copies
                                                             should be supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited
                                                             capacity.
 272                                                                                                                                                                                           RPO=0 and RTO<60 minutes
             TCS           43      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Should have capability to support advanced software functionality What is the RPO and RTO expected from Replication
                                         Area Network)       to create instantaneous point in time copies and capability for    Software. In recent past we have seen the RPO=0 and
                                                             remote copy services for disaster recovery.The Data Replication    RTO<60 minutes in recent similar Govt bids
                                                             capability should support heterogeneous Storage OEMs and
                                                             Storage types including Disks that are contained in the servers.
                                                             The software for creation of point in time copies should be
                                                             supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited capacity.
 273                                                                                                                                                                                           RPO=0 and RTO<60 minutes
             IBM           43      Item No. 5 ‐ SAN (Storage Point‐In‐Time Copy Services :Should have capability to support         Disks that are contained in servers, are not managed by
                                         Area Network)       advanced software functionality to create instantaneous point in       storage, therefore can not be replicated by storage
                                                             time copies and                                                        softwares, Request to remove the line.
                                                             capability for remote copy services for disaster recovery.The Data
                                                             Replication capability should support heterogeneous Storage            Request to change " Should have capability to support
                                                             OEMs and Storage types including Disks that are contained in the       advanced software functionality to create instantaneous
                                                             servers. The software for creation of point in time copies should be   point in time copies and
                                                             supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited               capability for remote copy services for disaster
                                                             capacity. If any of the above features are not supported natively      recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                             with the supplied storage, then kindly propose equivalent              heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types . The
                                                             features, with supporting documents from third party software.         software for creation of point in time copies should be
                                                                                                                                    supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited
                                                                                                                                    capacity. If any of the above features are not supported
                                                                                                                                    natively with the supplied storage, then kindly propose
                                                                                                                                    equivalent features, with supporting documents from
                                                                                                                                    third party software.

 274                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
           Symantec        45         Item No 6 ‐ FC Tape    The software should support virtual platform like VMware and           Does the software need to support Granular Recovery of
                                   Library & Backup Software should also support software distribution                              Vmware
                                                                                                                                    environments by allowing eitther the entire image or
                                                                                                                                    individual files stored from the Image level backup and
                                                                                                                                    avoid performign mutliple backups



 275                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS           45         Item No 6 ‐ FC Tape    The software should support virtual platform like VMware and           As virtualisation is catching up, do you want the
                                   Library & Backup Software should also support software distribution.                             software need to support Granular Recovery of Vmware
                                                                                                                                    environments by allowing eitther the entire image or
                                                                                                                                    individual files stored from the Image level backup and
                                                                                                                                    avoid performign mutliple backups.
 276                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Page 34 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             CA            45         Item No 6 ‐ FC Tape    Should provide ready integration with popular Enterprise          Should provide ready integration with popular Enterprise
                                   Library & Backup Software Management software such as Unicenter TNG, IBM‐Tivoli and/or      Management software such as CA EMS, IBM Tivoli and
                                                             HP‐Openview                                                       /or HP Openview.Our company name is CA and
                                                                                                                               “Unicenter TNG” use to be our earstwhile brand which
                                                                                                                               doesn't exist any more.
 277                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             TCS           48       Item No. 8 ‐ Application   Should support minimum 1 Gbps L7 throughput form day one &      Should have mini 3Gbps of layer7 throughput and
                                         Load Balancer         should be upgradeable in future to support 4 Gbps ensuring      upgradable up to 4GBps in future.Load balancer
                                                               investment protection. The throughput upgrade should be via     through put should be inline with internal firewall and
                                                               software license without any change in                          switch throughput and should not be Bottleneck
                                                               Hardware or adding any memory for a non‐disruptive & downtime   (page63/147).Request to Incorporate the suggestion for
                                                               free upgrade.                                                   better throughput and scalability of network.
 278                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             TCS           48       Item No. 8 ‐ Application   Should support 100 Mbps compression from day one &              Should have min 1Gbps of compression throughput
                                         Load Balancer         upgradeable in future to 1 via software / license upgrade       from day one without any license and hardware
                                                                                                                               upgradeFor better end user experience and faster
                                                                                                                               application access compression throughput should be
                                                                                                                               more than projected 100mbps.



 279                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             TCS                    Item No. 8 ‐ Application   Should support minimum 1 Gbps L7 throughput form day            Should have mini 3Gbps of layer7 throughput and
                                         Load Balancer         one & should be upgradeable in future to support 4 Gbps         upgradable up to 4GBps in future.
                                                               ensuring investment protection. The throughput upgrade
                                                               should be via software license without any change in
                                                               Hardware or adding any memory for a non‐disruptive &
                                                               downtime free upgrade.

 280                       48                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             TCS                    Item No. 8 ‐ Application   Should support 100Mbps compression from day one &               Should have min 1Gbps of compression throughput
                                         Load Balancer         upgradeable in future to 1 via software / license upgrade       from day one without any license and hardware upgrade




 281                       48                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           48       Item No. 8 ‐ Application
                                         Load Balancer                                                                        The present requirement is one OEM specific. 2 to 4
                                                                                                                              Ports are more than sufficient to connect a Load
                                                                                                                              Balancer in High Availability mode in any given
                                                                                                                              enterprise network. This is as per Industry Standard. If
                                                               Minimum 8 x 10/100/1000 Fixed Copper ports along with minimum 100 Servers need to be load balanced than it doesnot
                                                               2 x Fibre SX ports with separate dedicated port for management means that Load Balancer should have 100 Ports .
                                                                                                                              Load Balancers are connected in one arm mode in any
                                                                                                                              datacenter network and this is as per best practices" We
                                                                                                                              request to modify the clause to "Minimum 4
                                                                                                                              x10/100/1000 Fixed Coper port "
 282                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 35 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             CMC           48      Item No. 8 ‐ Application   Should support minimum 1 Gbps L7 throughput form dayone &       Should have mini 3Gbps of layer7 throughput and
                                        Load Balancer         should be upgradeable in future to support 4 Gbps               upgradable up to 4GBps in future.Load balancer
                                                              ensuring investment protection. The throughput upgrade should   through put should be inline with internal firewall and
                                                              be via software license without any change in                   switch throughput and should not be Bottleneck
                                                              Hardware or adding any memory for a non‐disruptive & downtime   (page63/147).Request to Incorporate the suggestion for
                                                              free upgrade.                                                   better throughput and scalability of network.
 283                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             CMC           48      Item No. 8 ‐ Application   Should support 100Mbps compression from day one &               Should have min 1Gbps of compression throughput
                                        Load Balancer         upgradeable in future to 1 via software / license upgrade       from day one without any license and hardware
                                                                                                                              upgradeFor better end user experience and faster
                                                                                                                              application access compression throughput should be
                                                                                                                              more than projected 100mbps.
 284                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should be an ASIC Architecture based switch                     CPU based appliances have more features and fast
                                         Balancer                                                                             forwrding algorithms compared to ASIC based fast
                                                                                                                              processing hardware. CPU based appliances have
                                                                                                                              shown more robustness and are flexible to software
                                                                                                                              updates and changes Hence we request to have ASIC
                                                                                                                              or CPU based hardware for the link load balancer
 285                                                                                                                                                                                         Please refer modified specifications
             TCS           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should have minimum 12 Gbps Non Blocking Switching              request for deletion of these stipulations to make specs
                                         Balancer             Backplane                                                       more generic and to allow other OEM's to participate.
                                                                                                                              Backplane throughput are specfic to ASIC appliances
                                                                                                                              hence request to kindly delete it for accomodating CPU
                                                                                                                              based hardware
 286                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should have minimum 8 Fast Ethernet Ports and 4 Gigabit Fiber   Should support 4 * 10/100/1000 interfaces and
                                         Balancer             ports (SX/LX/ZX)                                                dedicated external failover port. Solution can be
                                                                                                                              designed and implemented by making use of max 2
                                                                                                                              interfaces one for inside , one for multiple ISP's (Using
                                                                                                                              Vlans & MNET). So even after configuring the solution
                                                                                                                              additional 2 ports are free so 4 ports are more quite
                                                                                                                              enough for the required load balancer A dedicated
                                                                                                                              failover port should be there for external failover
 287                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should have minimum 512 MB RAM                                  Should have at least 4 Gb of RAM and 2 GBps of
                                         Balancer                                                                             throughputSizing of the appliance should be in line with
                                                                                                                              firewall for the optimal network design and usage
 288                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load                                New Feature                          Should provide protection against DOS, DDOS and
                                         Balancer                                                                             other net work based attacks. Link Load balancer are
                                                                                                                              the first point of entry to the network. Therefore it should
                                                                                                                              have Denial of services protection and appropriate
                                                                                                                              features for same
 289                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load                                New Feature                          Should have statefull inspection firewall inbuilt with min
                                         Balancer                                                                             100 ACL to enforce access control policiesShould follow
                                                                                                                              industry best practices and layered security architecture



 290                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
                                   Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load
                                         Balancer                                                                             Switching backplane should be of higher capacity in
            Trimax         49                                 Link Load Balancer                                              tune of 48Gbps. Higher capacity backplane would
                                                                                                                              guanartee the performance
 291                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
                                   Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load                                                                     in today scenario Gigabit interfaces are standard, so it
            Trimax         49            Balancer             Link Load Balancer                                              would be recommended to have gigabit copper interface
 292                                                                                                                          instead of fats ethernet interfaces                      No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Page 36 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
                                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load                                                                      Kindly suggest the quantity and type (Sx/Lx/Zx) of SFP
            Trimax         49             Balancer             Link Load Balancer
                                                                                                                                modules required?
 293                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
                                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load
                                                                                                                                kindly suggest the application throughput required for
            Trimax         49             Balancer             Link Load Balancer
                                                                                                                                Link load balancer
 294                                                                                                                                                                                       Minimum 1 Gbps throughput
             ILFS                  Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load Bal Should be an ASIC Architecture based switch                       This is OEM specfic feature Please modify this clause to
                                             ancer                                                                              make this generic as " Should be a high performance
                                                                                                                                hardware designed to do load balancing"
                                                                                                                                Please read is as ,Should be high Performance
                                                                                                                                Hardware
 295                       49                                                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
             ILFS                  Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load Bal Should have minimum 12 Gbps Non Blocking Switching Backplan Link Load balancer do not participate in L2 switching but
                                             ancer            e                                                           do L3/L4 functionality in the network. Please delete this
                                                                                                                          clause or modify to make it generic as " Should have
                                                                                                                          minimum 12 Gbps L2 throughput.
                                                                                                                          Clause removed due to proprietery




 296                       49                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             ILFS                  Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load Bal Should have minimum 8 Fast Ethernet Ports and 4 Gigabit Fiber p Link load balancers do not require so many ports as
                                             ancer            orts (SX/LX/ZX)                                                 they connect to internet routers ( generally 2 ) and also
                                                                                                                              All latest appliances have Gigabit ports as standard,
                                                                                                                              instead of having so many FE ports we recommend "
                                                                                                                              Should have 4 copper gig interfaces and 2 slots of later
                                                                                                                              upgrade to fiber or copper to ensure latest technology is
                                                                                                                              being implemented in data centre.
                                                                                                                              Please read it as, should have enough ports to connect
                                                                                                                              2 internet links in production and should be scalable to
                                                                                                                              4 links in case required in future
 297                       49                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             ILFS                  Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load Bal N/A                                                               Please suggest the required throughput of the link load
                                             ancer                                                                              balancer as this parameter is most important for sizing
                                                                                                                                and is not mentioned in the specs. We suggest "
                                                                                                                                Appliance throughput minimum 1 Gbps throughput.
                                                                                                                                Throughput support- Should be able to handle 1 Gbps
                                                                                                                                throughput




 298                       49                                                                                                                                                              Minimum 1 Gbps throughput
             TCS                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should be an ASIC Architecture based switch                      Should be ASIC based or CPU based appliance.
                                          Balancer




 299                       49                                                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should have minimum 12 Gbps Non Blocking Switching               Request for deletion
                                          Balancer             Backplane
 300                       49                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             TCS                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should have minimum 8 Fast Ethernet Ports and 4 Gigabit Fiber    Should support 4 * 10/100/1000 interfaces and
                                          Balancer             ports (SX/LX/ZX)                                                 dedicated external failover port.
 301                       49                                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             TCS                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     Should have minimum 512 MB RAM                                   Should have at least 4 Gb of RAM and 2 GBps of
 302                       49             Balancer                                                                              throughput                                                 No change, as per RFP
             TCS                    Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load     New Feature                                                      Should provide protection against DOS, DDOS and
 303                       49             Balancer                                                                              other net work based attacks.                              No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 37 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page     RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                               Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.           Section
 No.
             TCS                   Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   New Feature                                                     Should have statefull inspection firewall inbuilt with min
                                         Balancer                                                                           100 ACL to enforce access control policies
 304                       49                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             IBM           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should have minimum 12 Gbps Non Blocking Switching              Switching backplane should be of higher capacity in
                                         Balancer           Backplane                                                       tune of 48Gbps. Higher capacity backplane would
 305                                                                                                                        guanartee the performance                                     No change, as per RFP
             IBM           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should have minimum 8 Fast Ethernet Ports and 4 Gigabit Fiber   in today scenario Gigabit interfaces are standard, so it
                                         Balancer           ports (SX/LX/ZX)                                                would be recommended to have gigabit copper interface
                                                                                                                            instead of fats ethernet interfaces
 306                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should have minimum 8 Fast Ethernet Ports and 4 Gigabit Fiber   Kindly suggest the quantity and type (Sx/Lx/Zx) of SFP
                                         Balancer           ports (SX/LX/ZX)                                                modules required?
 307                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load                                                                   kindly suggest the application throughput required for
 308                                     Balancer                                                                           Link load balancer                                            Minimum 1 Gbps throughput
             CMC           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should be an ASIC Architecture based switch                     Should be purpose built hardware based appliance.
                                         Balancer                                                                           ASIC based device architecture has relevance in
                                                                                                                            switching topology where traffic requirements are very
                                                                                                                            high and with very high connection/second rate. At
                                                                                                                            perimeter of network ASIC capability is refrained by
                                                                                                                            network devices i.e. firewall, IPS, routers if they don’t
 309                                                                                                                        have ASIC functionality                                       Please refer modified specifications
             CMC           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should have minimum 12 Gbps Non Blocking Switching              request for deletion of these stipulations to make specs
                                         Balancer           Backplane                                                       more generic and to allow other OEM's to participate.




 310                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             CMC           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should have minimum 8 Fast Ethernet Ports and 4 Gigabit Fiber   Should support 4 * 10/100/1000 interfaces and
                                         Balancer           ports (SX/LX/ZX)                                                dedicated external failover port. Solution can be
                                                                                                                            designed and implemented by making use of max 2
                                                                                                                            interfaces one for inside , one for multiple ISP's (Using
                                                                                                                            Vlans & MNET). And 2 interfaces for future use say
                                                                                                                            management interface to manage appliance. 4
                                                                                                                            interfaces are more than enough to integrate solution
                                                                                                                            with exiting infra. dedicated failover port should be there
                                                                                                                            for external failover
 311                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             CMC           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   Should have minimum 512 MB RAM                                  Should have at least 1Gb of RAM and 1GBps of
                                         Balancer                                                                           throughputSizing of the appliance should be in line with
                                                                                                                            firewall, IPS for the optimal network design.




 312                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             CMC           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   New Feature                                                     Should provide protection against DOS, DDOS and
                                         Balancer                                                                           other net work based attacks. Lack of security controls
                                                                                                                            inbuilt into appliance may bring down the entire infa in
                                                                                                                            case of DOS attack on appliance
 313                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             CMC           49      Item No. 9 ‐ Link Load   New Feature                                                     Should have statefull inspection firewall inbuilt with min
                                         Balancer                                                                           100 ACL to enforce access control policiesShould follow
                                                                                                                            industry best practices and layered security architecture

 314                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 38 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
          VyamTech                                                                                                        DVMRP is an old and CPU intensive protocol.
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                   Since equivalent and better protocols are available, we
                           51                             IP Multicasting: Type Forwarding ‐> MBGP/DVMRP/PIM‐SM
                                        (Internet)                                                                        suggest either to remore or ask for an equivalent
 315                                                                                                                      protocol.(DVMRP or equivalent)                                 No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                          For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
                           51                                                                                             suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                          Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)
 316                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                          DVMRP is an old and CPU intensive protocol.
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                   Since equivalent and better protocols are available, we
                           51                             IP Multicasting: Type Forwarding ‐> MBGP/DVMRP/PIM‐SM
                                        (Internet)                                                                        suggest either to remore or ask for an equivalent
                                                                                                                          protocol.
 317                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                          Ethernet LAN Ports ‐> 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps. It should support
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   additional Gigabit Ethernet modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and
                           51                                                                                             Ethernet LAN Ports ‐> 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbps.
                                        (Internet)        SFP type (upgradable
 318                                                      upto 4)                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           51                             Architecture : Ethernet LAN Ports ‐> 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps. It   Internet facing router will have one port connected to
                                                          should support additional Gigabit Ethernet modules i.e. both    internet and anothter port to the internal network .By
                                                          10/100/1000 and SFP type (upgradable                            asking more Ethernet Port on the internet router which
                                                          upto 4)                                                         will increase the cost of the equipment .Request to
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                   modify the clause "Ethernt LAN Ports -> 2x10/100/1000
                                        (Internet)                                                                        Mbps. It should support additional Gigabit Ethernet
                                                                                                                          modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and SFP type in future
                                                                                                                          .To have competition we request above changes

 319                                                                                                                                                                                     Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           51                             Architecture : Console port 1 number                            We recommend that router should have USB port which
                                                                                                                          are used to secure token capabilities which are used to
                                                                                                                          store RSA keys for connecting to HUB sites securely
                                                                                                                          .USB port are used to provide storage and save system
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                                                                                          files (such as configuration files,ceritificates).Request to
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                          modify the clause to " "Router Should have integrated
                                                                                                                          USB port to provide console, storage and secure token
                                                                                                                          capabilities"
 320                                                                                                                                                                                     Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           51                             Interface Support Required : Interface Support Required         In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                                          recommend that the router should support all the
                                                                                                                          varieties of interfaces like PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so that
                                                                                                                          there is no requirement of purchasing a new router for
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                                                                                          the above interface requirement
                                        (Internet)



 321                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
             IBM           51                                                                                        Router
                                                          ,Memory Required RAM Required ‐> 512 MB RAM Upgradeable ‐> 1GB uses more memory resources when you enable
                                                                                                                     multiple services , Since routers are capable of providing
                                                                                                                     IPSEC,ACL functionality which will use cpu memory
                                                                                                                     resources .The memory of the router can be upgraded in
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                              future without changing the router equipment which will
                                        (Internet)                                                                   give investment protection .Request to add the clause
                                                                                                                     that " Router should support for 512MB RAM should be
                                                                                                                     upgradable to 2 GB "
 322                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Page 39 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
             IBM           51                             Memory Required :Flash Memory Required * ‐> 128 MB              Flash memory are basically required to store multiple
                                                          Flash Memory Upgradeable * ‐> 256 MB                            IOS images ,multiple configurations for the router for
                                                                                                                          roll back.OEMS releases new version of IOS images
                                                                                                                          and size of the images increases in the newer version
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                   ,Hence Memory of the flash will be critical .Request to
                                        (Internet)                                                                        add the the clause that "Router should have min 256
                                                                                                                          MB flash and should be upgraded to 4 Gb in future
                                                                                                                          "without changing the router equipment which will give
                                                                                                                          investment protection .
 323                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL           51
                                                                                                                          Internet facing router will have one port connected to
                                                                                                                          internet and anothter port to the internal network .By
                                                          Ethernet LAN Ports ‐> 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbps. It should support   asking more Ethernet Port on the internet router which
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   additional Gigabit Ethernet modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and   will increase the cost of the equipment .Request to
                                        (Internet)        SFP type (upgradable                                            modify the clause "Ethernt LAN Ports -> 2x10/100/1000
                                                          upto 4)                                                         Mbps. It should support additional Gigabit Ethernet
                                                                                                                          modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and SFP type in future
                                                                                                                          .To have competition we request above changes
 324                                                                                                                                                                                   Please refer modified specifications
             HCL           51                                                                                             We recommend that router should have USB port which
                                                                                                                          are used to secure token capabilities which are used to
                                                                                                                          store RSA keys for connecting to HUB sites securely
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                   .USB port are used to provide storage and save system
                                                          Architecture : Console port 1 number
                                        (Internet)                                                                        files (such as configuration files,ceritificates).Request to
                                                                                                                          modify the clause to " "Router Should have integrated
                                                                                                                          USB port to provide console, storage and secure token
                                                                                                                          capabilities"
 325                                                                                                                                                                                   Please refer modified specifications
             HCL           51

                                                                                                                          In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                                          recommend that the router should support all the
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                          ,Interface Support Required : Interface Support Required        varieties of interfaces like PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so that
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                          there is no requirement of purchasing a new router for
                                                                                                                          the above interface requirement

 326                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL           51
                                                                                                                          Router uses more memory resources when you enable
                                                                                                                          multiple services , Since routers are capable of providing
                                                                                                                          IPSEC,ACL functionality which will use cpu memory
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                   resources .The memory of the router can be upgraded in
                                                          RAM Required ‐> 512 MB RAM Upgradeable ‐> 1GB
                                        (Internet)                                                                        future without changing the router equipment which will
                                                                                                                          give investment protection .Request to add the clause
                                                                                                                          that " Router should support for 512MB RAM should be
                                                                                                                          upgradable to 2 GB "
 327                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL           51
                                                                                                                          Flash memory are basically required to store multiple
                                                                                                                          IOS images ,multiple configurations for the router for
                                                                                                                          roll back.OEMS releases new version of IOS images
                                                                                                                          and size of the images increases in the newer version
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Flash Memory Required * ‐> 128 MB
                                                                                                                          ,Hence Memory of the flash will be critical .Request to
                                        (Internet)        Flash Memory Upgradeable * ‐> 256 MB
                                                                                                                          add the the clause that "Router should have min 256
                                                                                                                          MB flash and should be upgraded to 4 Gb in future
                                                                                                                          "without changing the router equipment which will give
                                                                                                                          investment protection .
 328                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                              Page 40 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
            Wipro          51      Item No. 10 – Router   IP Multicasting: Type Forwarding ‐> MBGP/DVMRP/PIM‐SM          P Multicasting: Type Forwarding ‐> MBGP/DVMRP or
                                        (Internet)                                                                       equivalent/PIM‐SM
                                                                                                                         DVMRP is an old and CPU intensive protocol.
                                                                                                                         Since equivalent and better protocols are available, we
                                                                                                                         suggest either to remore or ask for an equivalent
 329                                                                                                                     protocol.                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          51
                                                                                                                         Router uses more memory resources when you enable
                                                                                                                         multiple services , Since routers are capable of providing
                                                                                                                         IPSEC,ACL functionality which will use cpu memory
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                  resources .The memory of the router can be upgraded in
                                                          RAM Required ‐> 512 MB RAM Upgradeable ‐> 1GB
                                        (Internet)                                                                       future without changing the router equipment which will
                                                                                                                         give investment protection .Request to add the clause
                                                                                                                         that " Router should support for 512MB RAM should be
                                                                                                                         upgradable to 2 GB "
 330                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          51
                                                                                                                         Flash memory are basically required to store multiple
                                                                                                                         IOS images ,multiple configurations for the router for
                                                                                                                         roll back.OEMS releases new version of IOS images
                                                                                                                         and size of the images increases in the newer version
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Flash Memory Required * ‐> 128 MB
                                                                                                                         ,Hence Memory of the flash will be critical .Request to
                                        (Internet)        Flash Memory Upgradeable * ‐> 256 MB
                                                                                                                         add the the clause that "Router should have min 256
                                                                                                                         MB flash and should be upgraded to 4 Gb in future
                                                                                                                         "without changing the router equipment which will give
                                                                                                                         investment protection .
 331                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP


                                                                                                                         In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                                         recommend that the router should support all the
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
            Trimax         51                             -                                                              varieties of interfaces like STM-1, PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so
                                         (WAN)
                                                                                                                         that there is no requirement of purchasing a new router
                                                                                                                         for the above interface requirement

 332                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP



                                                                                                                         DVMRP is an old and CPU intensive protocol.
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                  Since equivalent and better protocols are available, we
            Trimax         52                             IP Multicasting: Type Forwarding ‐> MBGP/DVMRP/PIM‐SM
                                        (Internet)                                                                       suggest either to remore or ask for an equivalent
                                                                                                                         protocol.


 333                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
            Trimax         52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                         Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)
 334                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
            Trimax         52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                         Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)
 335                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
                           52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                         Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)
 336                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
                           52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature (Hot swappable interface
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                         cards)
 337                                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 41 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                         In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                                         recommend that the router should support all the
                                                                                                                         varieties of interfaces like STM-1, PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                           52                             Interface Support Required : Interface Support Required        that there is no requirement of purchasing a new router
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         for the above interface requirement (Router should
                                                                                                                         support various types of interface card like STM-1, 3G
                                                                                                                         wireless, Channelised E3, ISDN PRI and ISDN BRI)
 338                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Airtel

                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
                           52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                         Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)


 339                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                         In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                                         recommend that the router should support all the
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                           52                             ,Interface Support Required : Interface Support Required       varieties of interfaces like STM-1, PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         that there is no requirement of purchasing a new router
                                                                                                                         for the above interface requirement
 340                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                         DS3 signaling and interface is used in USA while in
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                           52                             -                                                              India, Europian standard of E3 is followed. Kindly
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         remove the requirement of DS3.
 341                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
                           52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
 342                                                                                                                     Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)                      No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                   Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50
                           52                                                                                            suggest to add this feature .( Power: Hot swappable
                                        (Internet)        Hz,
                                                                                                                         Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50 Hz)
 343                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                         In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                                         recommend that the router should support all the
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                           52                             ,Interface Support Required : Interface Support Required       varieties of interfaces like STM-1, PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         that there is no requirement of purchasing a new router
                                                                                                                         for the above interface requirement
 344                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             IBM           52                                                                                            Site-to-site IPsec VPNs are typically used when remote
                                                                                                                         site wants to to communicate with Head office over an
                                                                                                                         untrusted media when confidential exchange of data is
                                                                                                                         required.User of the remote office can access their
                                                                                                                         intranet appliactions of the datacentre through Remote
                                                                                                                         access VPN securely from an unsecured internet
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                  conectivity .This give the much protection of resources
                                        (Internet)                                                                       with the single device rather than investing on multiple
                                                                                                                         devices to achieve security functionality :Request to add
                                                                                                                         the clause in the RFP "Router to Support IPSEC Site-to-
                                                                                                                         Site and Remote Access VPNs, Tunnel-less VPN
                                                                                                                         connectivity and SSL VPN"

 345                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 42 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
             IBM           52                                                                                            Since data centre is connected to different ISP for high
                                                                                                                         aviabling , Performence Based rouing is an important
                                                                                                                         features which determine the optimal path based upon
                                                                                                                         network and application policies,and also can track
                                                                                                                         throughput, link usage, and link cost, and automatically
                                                                                                                         determine the best load balancing to optimize
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                                                                                         throughput, load.This feature is different from clauseic
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         routing, because clauseic routing looks only at
                                                                                                                         reachability and does not look into the required traffic
                                                                                                                         service needs, such as low loss or low delay.Request to
                                                                                                                         add clauses that the router should support
                                                                                                                         "performence based routing "
 346                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             IBM           52                             Security Requirement                                           Does it required that internet router should also have
                                                                                                                         key security features like stateful firewall and hardware
                                                                                                                         based Encryption ? It is must that internet router has
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                  security features like stateful firewall as it act as first
                                        (Internet)                                                                       level security on the router itself and hardware based
                                                                                                                         encryption. We request you to ask for this basic secuity
                                                                                                                         feature on internet router.
 347                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             IBM           52                             Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50   Is it acceptable if bidder provides third party external
                                                          Hz                                                             power supply with the router ? To have better power
                                                                                                                         redundancy on the router, router should have internal
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                                                                                         redundant power supply only. Kindly say " Router
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         should have internal redundant power supply".

 348                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL           52                                                                                            Support IPSEC ,Remote Access VPNs,SSLVPN ?
                                                                                                                         site-to-site IPsec VPNs are typically used when remote
                                                                                                                         site wants to to communicate with Head office over an
                                                                                                                         untrusted media when confidential exchange of data is
                                                                                                                         required.User of the remote office can access their
                                                                                                                         intranet appliactions of the datacentre through Remote
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                                  access VPN securely from an unsecured internet
                                        (Internet)                                                                       conectivity .This give the much protection of resources
                                                                                                                         with the single device rather than investing on multiple
                                                                                                                         devices to achieve security functionality :Request to add
                                                                                                                         the clause in the RFP "Router to Support IPSEC Site-to-
                                                                                                                         Site and Remote Access VPNs, Tunnel-less VPN
                                                                                                                         connectivity and SSL VPN"
 349                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL           52                                                                                            Performance based routing support .
                                                                                                                         Since data centre is connected to different ISP for high
                                                                                                                         aviabling , Performence Based rouing is an important
                                                                                                                         features which determine the optimal path based upon
                                                                                                                         network and application policies,and also can track
                                                                                                                         throughput, link usage, and link cost, and automatically
                                                                                                                         determine the best load balancing to optimize
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                                                                                         throughput, load.This feature is different from clauseic
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                                         routing, because clauseic routing looks only at
                                                                                                                         reachability and does not look into the required traffic
                                                                                                                         service needs, such as low loss or low delay.Request to
                                                                                                                         add clauses that the router should support
                                                                                                                         "performence based routing "

 350                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          52      Item No. 10 – Router   Power: Internal/ External Redundant Power supply 230 V AC 50   Power: Hot swappable Redundant Power supply 230 V
                                        (Internet)        Hz,                                                            AC 50 Hz,
                                                                                                                         For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                                                                                                         suggest to add this feature
 351                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Page 43 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                               Clause Details           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
            Wipro          52      Item No. 10 – Router                                                      Hot swappable interface cards
                                        (Internet)                                                           For high availability and for uninterrupted network we
                                                                                                             suggest to add this feature
 352                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          52                             -                                                  Router should support various types of interface card
                                                                                                             like STM-1, 3G wireless, Channelised E3, ISDN PRI and
                                                                                                             ISDN BRI
                                   Item No. 10 – Router                                                      In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                                                             recommend that the router should support all the
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                             varieties of interfaces like STM-1, PRI , ISDN BRI ,3G so
                                                                                                             that there is no requirement of purchasing a new router
                                                                                                             for the above interface requirement
 353                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          52
                                                                                                             Performance based routing support
                                                                                                             Since data centre is connected to different ISP for high
                                                                                                             aviabling , Performence Based rouing is an important
                                                                                                             features which determine the optimal path based upon
                                                                                                             network and application policies,and also can track
                                                                                                             throughput, link usage, and link cost, and automatically
                                   Item No. 10 – Router
                                                                                                             determine the best load balancing to optimize
                                        (Internet)
                                                                                                             throughput, load.This feature is different from clauseic
                                                                                                             routing, because clauseic routing looks only at
                                                                                                             reachability and does not look into the required traffic
                                                                                                             service needs, such as low loss or low delay.Request to
                                                                                                             add clauses that the router should support
                                                                                                             "performence based routing "
 354                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
                                       Item no 11
                                    Firewall with IPS
                                        (External)



                                                                                                             Incase of external IPS kindly suggest the number of
            Trimax         54                             Intrusion Prevention System                                                                                    Minimum 4 segments
                                                                                                             segments required to be monitored.




 355
                                       Item no 11                                                            Incase of external IPS kindly suggest the inspection
            Trimax         54       Firewall with IPS     Intrusion Prevention System
                                                                                                             throughput required.
 356                                    (External)                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           54          Item no 11         Firewall + IPS services Throughput: Min. 500Mbps   Vendors who are giving separate Firewall and IPS, What
                                    Firewall with IPS                                                        is the throughput of the IPS.
                                        (External)                                                           As the Firewall throughput has been asked for 4 Gbps,
                                                                                                             we suggest the IPS throughput should be 2 Gbps.
 357                                                                                                                                                                     Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           54          Item no 11         Firewall with IPS (External)                       Best security practise talks of a layered security
                                    Firewall with IPS                                                        approach where Firewall and IPS are separate devices
                                        (External)                                                           and each doing there functionality. It contradicts to the
                                                                                                             point mentioned on Page 57/147 of providing Firewall
                                                                                                             and Ips in one appliance.
                                                                                                             Should have separate Firewall and IPS and each doing
                                                                                                             its function.

 358                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                Page 44 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                     Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             HCL           54             Item no 11            firewall Should have support for virtual firewall ?                 We recommend to have External firewall in the
                                       Firewall with IPS                                                                            datacenter to support multiple virtual firewall on the
                                           (External)                                                                               same box ,this give flexibility to have different individual
                                                                                                                                    firewall for different groups of Application LAN /users
 359                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             HCL                          Item no 11            External Firewall                                                   support for SSLVPN.SSL VPN is required for the
                                       Firewall with IPS                                                                            clientless vpn access to access the internal resources
                                           (External)                                                                               from Internet .As IPSEC requires a special client
                                                                                                                                    software to be deployed on the user machines .Hence
                                                                                                                                    the SSL VPN provides the flexibility of accessing of
                           54
                                                                                                                                    internal resources without requiring a client
                                                                                                                                    software.Request to add the clause "Firewall appliance
                                                                                                                                    should support SSL VPN "

 360                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
                                          Item no 11                                                                                For in-line protection, please confirm the requirement of
                                       Firewall with IPS                                                                            inline by-pass mechanism, incase of device software/
                                           (External)                                                                               hardware or power failure. Standard IPS are available     As per RFP , should support by-pass mechanism in
            Trimax         55                                   Intrusion Prevention System
                                                                                                                                    with external or internal bypass mechanism. Please        case of failure and atleast for 4 segments.
                                                                                                                                    suggest the number of segments required for by-pass
 361                                                                                                                                mechanism
                                          Item no 11
            Trimax         55          Firewall with IPS        Intrusion Prevention System                                         Do we need ACL feature in IPS also? kindly confirm.
 362                                       (External)                                                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             IBM           57             Item no 11            If the Firewall and IPS cannot be provided in one appliance then    No integration is required between the Firewall and IPS,
                                       Firewall with IPS        the bidder can provide                                              they work independantly doing there respective
                                           (External)           the same using two dedicated appliances (1 Firewall and 1 IPS)      functions. More so it is favouring venors who have
                                                                which should support                                                Firewall and IPS offerings.
                                                                integration with each other.                                        If two dedicated appliances (1 Firewall and 1 IPS) are
                                                                                                                                    being offered they can either support integration or work
                                                                                                                                    independantly dong there respective functions.
 363                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP

                                                                 Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1
                                                                                                                                  DS3 signaling and interface is used in USA while in
                                                                interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,
            Trimax         58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                       India, Europian standard of E3 is followed. Kindly
                                                                Channelized STM‐1, ATM, Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100
                                                                                                                                  remove the requirement of DS3.
                                                                Mbps
 364                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                                                                                                            DS3 signaling and interface is used in USA while in
                                                                                                                              India, Europian standard of E3 is followed. Kindly
                                                            Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1
                                                                                                                              remove the requirement of DS3.(Shall support variety of
                                                            interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                   interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1 interfaces for
                                                            Channelized STM‐1, ATM, Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100
                                                                                                                              provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3, STM1,
                                                            Mbps
                                                                                                                              Channelized STM‐1, ATM, Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps,
 365                                                                                                                          10/100 Mbps)                                            No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                  LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                                  utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                                                                                                                                  links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like LFI, cRTP
                                                                                                                                  Mbps) only. Kindly remove the requirement of
                                                                                                                                  cRTP.(Shall support Voice traffic optimization with
                                                                                                                                  features like LFI)
 366                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                            Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1          LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                            interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,       utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router
                                                            Channelized STM‐1, ATM, Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100             links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                            Mbps                                                                    Mbps) only. Kindly remove the requirement of cRTP.
 367                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Page 45 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                     Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
            Airtel                                                                                                                DVMRP is an old generation and CPU intensive protocol
                                                                                                                                  and is not used in new networks. However PIM is a
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like LFI, cRTP efficient protocol for the same functionality which has
                                                                                                                                  been asked in the requirement. So request to remove
                                                                                                                                  DVMRP.
 368                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                    The MPLS WAN router would not require Core Service
                                                                All interface modules, power supplies should be hot swappable
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                         provider functionality as they are carried out by Service
                                                                for high Avilability
                                                                                                                                    Provider
 369                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                            Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1
                                                                                                                              DS3 signaling and interface is used in USA while in
                                                            interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                   India, Europian standard of E3 is followed. Kindly
                                                            Channelized STM‐1, ATM, Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100
                                                                                                                              remove the requirement of DS3.
 370                                                        Mbps                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                  LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                                  utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                           58      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like LFI, cRTP
                                                                                                                                  links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                                                                                                  Mbps) only. Kindly remove the requirement of cRTP.
 371                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                    Should have support for Data.There is no requirement of
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Should have support for Data, Voice & Video services.
                                                                                                                                    Voice in the RFP.
 372                       58                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                    Forwarding Capacity shall be a minimum of 5 Mpps
                                                            Forwarding Capacity shall be a minimum of 5 Mpps (considering
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                         (considering 64byte packet size)Forwarding Capacity of
                                                            64byte packet size)
 373                       58                                                                                                       5 Mpps is on very higher side                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like LFI, cRTP
 374                       58                                                                                                       Please remove this point This is required for voice.        No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                            Should have Routing protocols like IS‐IS, RIP ver1 & RIP ver2,          Should have Routing protocols like RIP ver1 & RIP ver2,
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router
                                                            OSPFver2, BGP4                                                          OSPFver2, BGP4
 375                       58                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             IBM           58                                   Min. Three 10/100/1000‐Mbps or Gig Copper Ethernet ports            WAN router is required have support for Gigabit
                                                                                                                                    interface modules like both SFP and copper .Request
                                                                                                                                    to modify the clause to "Min. Three 10/100/1000‐Mbps or
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                         Gig Copper Ethernet ports and It should supportGigabit
                                                                                                                                    Ethernet modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and FIbre type
 376                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             IBM           58                               Min. 3 spare Service Slots after fully populating all the cards as Request you to remove this line to accommodate
                                                            per the requirement                                                competition What is the interface or bandwidth
                                                                                                                               scalability is required on WAN router? We request you to
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                    provide bandwidth or interface scalability on the router
                                                                                                                               instead of asking for 3 free slots or we suggest to ask for
                                                                                                                               1 free slot only.
 377                                                                                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           58                               Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1          In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                            interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,       recommend that the router should support all the
                                                            Channelized STM‐1, ATM,Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100              varieties of interfaces like STM1, STM4 ,STM 16,STM 64
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Mbps                                                                    so that there is no requirement of purchasing a new
                                                                                                                                    router for the above interface requirement


 378                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             IBM           58
                                                                                                                                    WAN router is required have support for Gigabit
                                                                                                                                    interface modules like both SFP and copper .Request
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Min. Three 10/100/1000‐Mbps or Gig Copper Ethernet ports                to modify the clause to "Min. Three 10/100/1000‐Mbps or
                                                                                                                                    Gig Copper Ethernet ports and It should supportGigabit
                                                                                                                                    Ethernet modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and FIbre type
 379                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Page 46 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                     Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             IBM           58

                                                                Min. 3 spare Service Slots after fully populating all the cards as Request you to remove this line to accommodate
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router
                                                                per the requirement                                                competition

 380                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           58
                                                                                                                              In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                            Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1
                                                                                                                              recommend that the router should support all the
                                                            interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                   varieties of interfaces like STM1, STM4 ,STM 16,STM 64
                                                            Channelized STM‐1, ATM,Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100
                                                                                                                              so that there is no requirement of purchasing a new
                                                            Mbps
                                                                                                                              router for the above interface requirement
 381                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          58                               Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1          Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703,
                                                            interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,       Channelized E1 interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps
                                                            Channelized STM‐1, ATM, Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100             connectivity, E3, STM1, Channelized STM‐1, ATM,
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Mbps                                                                    thernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100 Mbps
                                                                                                                                    DS3 signaling and interface is used in USA while in
                                                                                                                                    India, Europian standard of E3 is followed. Kindly
                                                                                                                                    remove the requirement of DS3.
 382                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          58                               Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like LFI, cRTP Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like
                                                                                                                                  LFI.
                                                                                                                                  LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                                  utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                       links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                                                                                                  Mbps) only. Kindly remove the requirement of cRTP.


 383                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          58
                                                                                                                                    WAN router is required have support for Gigabit
                                                                                                                                    interface modules like both SFP and copper .Request
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Min. Three 10/100/1000‐Mbps or Gig Copper Ethernet ports                to modify the clause to "Min. Three 10/100/1000‐Mbps or
                                                                                                                                    Gig Copper Ethernet ports and It should supportGigabit
                                                                                                                                    Ethernet modules i.e. both 10/100/1000 and FIbre type
 384                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          58
                                                                                                                                  In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                                                Shall support variety of interfaces like G.703, Channelized E1
                                                                                                                                  recommend that the router should support all the
                                                                interfaces for provisioning n64Kbps connectivity, E3 & DS3, STM1,
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                       varieties of interfaces like STM1, STM4 ,STM 16,STM 64
                                                                Channelized STM‐1, ATM,Ethernet Interfaces – 1Gbps, 10/100
                                                                                                                                  so that there is no requirement of purchasing a new
                                                                Mbps
                                                                                                                                  router for the above interface requirement
 385                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                                    LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                                    utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
            Trimax         59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support Voice traffic optimization with features like LFI, cRTP
                                                                                                                                    links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                                                                                                    Mbps) only. Kindly remove the requirement of cRTP.
 386                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                                    DVMRP is an old generation and CPU intensive protocol
                                                            Protocol Support: Should have Multicast routing protocols               and is not used in new networks. However PIM is a
            Trimax         59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM                                           efficient protocol for the same functionality which has
                                                            (RFC2362) and PIM‐DM, DVMRP.                                            been asked in the requirement. So request to remove
                                                                                                                                    DVMRP.
 387                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 47 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                 DVMRP is an old generation and CPU intensive protocol
                                                                                                                                 and is not used in new networks. However PIM is a
                                                                                                                                 efficient protocol for the same functionality which has
                                                            Protocol Support: Should have Multicast routing protocols
                                                                                                                                 been asked in the requirement. So request to remove
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM
                                                                                                                                 DVMRP.(Protocol Support: Should have Multicast
                                                            (RFC2362) and PIM‐DM, DVMRP.
                                                                                                                                 routing protocols IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM
                                                                                                                                 (RFC2362) and PIM‐DM, DVMRP or equivalent.)
 388                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                            LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                            utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                                                            Link efficiency mechanisms: cRTP, LFI, MLPPP. Support for Class links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router
                                                            based cRTP & time based QoS policies.                           Mbps) only. Hence, we suggest to remove cRTP and
                                                                                                                            support for class based cRTP.(Link efficiency
                                                                                                                            mechanisms:LFI, MLPPP.time based QoS policies.)
 389                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                 LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                            Protocol Support: Should have Multicast routing protocols            utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM                                        links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                            (RFC2362) and PIM‐DM, DVMRP.                                         Mbps) only. Hence, we suggest to remove cRTP and
                                                                                                                                 support for class based cRTP.
 390                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                                                                                          H.323 and SIP Protocols are IP Telephony protocols,
                                                                                                                            not of IP routing protocols. However all IP Routers pass
                                                            Link efficiency mechanisms: cRTP, LFI, MLPPP. Support for Class
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                 thru H.323 and SIP protocols. The voice protocols
                                                            based cRTP & time based QoS policies.
                                                                                                                            should be asked on Voice devices not on router so
                                                                                                                            request to remove these features.
 391                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                           The MPLS WAN router would not require Core Service
                                                               MPLS VPN, MPLS mVPN (Multicast VPN), DiffServ Tunnel Modes,
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                provider functionality as they are carried out by Service
                                                               MPLS VPNs)
                                                                                                                           Provider
 392                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                            IPSEC Site‐to‐Site and Remote Access VPNs. Hardware based            Since all the critical resources will be centrally hosted at
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router encryption. Any office to other office, dynamic establishment of     the Data Centre why there is a need for office to other
                                                            VPNs.so that configuration 7 management becomes easier.              office vpn.
 393                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                 DVMRP is an old generation and CPU intensive protocol
                                                            Protocol Support: Should have Multicast routing protocols            and is not used in new networks. However PIM is a
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM (RFC2362) and PIM‐DM,                  efficient protocol for the same functionality which has
                                                            DVMRP.                                                               been asked in the requirement. So request to remove
 394                                                                                                                             DVMRP.                                                  No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                               LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                               utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                                                               Link efficiency mechanisms: cRTP, LFI, MLPPP. Support for Class
                           59      Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                    links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                               based cRTP & time based QoS policies.
                                                                                                                               Mbps) only. Hence, we suggest to remove cRTP and
                                                                                                                               support for class based cRTP.
 395                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                 Shall support MPLS Provider /Provider Edge
                                                               Shall support MPLS Provider /Provider Edge functionality. MPLS    functionality. MPLS VPN, MPLS mVPN (Multicast VPN),
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router
                                                               VPN, MPLS mVPN (Multicast VPN), VRF‐Aware Services, Carrier       VRF‐Aware Services, DiffServ Tunnel Modes, MPLS TE
                                                               Supporting Carrier (CsC), DiffServ Tunnel Modes, MPLS TE (Fast    (Fast re‐route), DiffServ‐Aware TE, Inter‐AS
 396                       59                                  re‐route), DiffServ‐Aware TE, Inter‐AS VPNs).                     VPNs).                                              No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Page 48 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS


                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router

                                                                                                                            Link efficiency mechanisms: MLPPP. Support for Class
                                                               Link efficiency mechanisms: cRTP, LFI, MLPPP. Support for Class
 397                       59                                  based cRTP & time based QoS policies.                        based & time based QoS policies.                           No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          59                                  Protocol Support: Should have Multicast routing protocols    Protocol Support: Should have Multicast routing
                                                               IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM (RFC2362) and PIM‐DM,          protocols IGMPv1, v2 (RFC 2236), PIM‐SM (RFC2362)
                                                               DVMRP.                                                       and PIM‐DM, DVMRP or equivalent.
                                                                                                                            DVMRP is an old generation and CPU intensive protocol
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                 and is not used in new networks. However PIM is a
                                                                                                                            efficient protocol for the same functionality which has
                                                                                                                            been asked in the requirement. So request to remove
                                                                                                                            DVMRP.
 398                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          59                               Link efficiency mechanisms: cRTP, LFI, MLPPP. Support for Class Link efficiency mechanisms:LFI, MLPPP. time based
                                                            based cRTP &                                                    QoS policies.
                                                            time based QoS policies.                                        LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                                                                                            utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router
                                                                                                                            links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                                                                                            Mbps) only. Hence, we suggest to remove cRTP and
                                                                                                                            support for class based cRTP.
 399                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP


                                                                                                                            LFI and cRTP both protocols are used for optimum
                                                            Link efficiency mechanisms: cRTP, LFI, MLPPP. Support for Class utilization of WAN link while LFI is used for all BW sizes
            Trimax         60      Item No. 12 – WAN Router based cRTP &                                                    links and cRTP is used on low BW links (below 1.5
                                                            time based QoS policies.                                        Mbps) only. Hence, we suggest to remove cRTP and
                                                                                                                            support for class based cRTP.
 400                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                 H.323 and SIP Protocols are IP Telephony protocols,
                                                                                                                                 not of IP routing protocols. However all IP Routers pass
                           60      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support H.323, SIP                                             thru H.323 and SIP protocols. The voice protocols
                                                                                                                                 should be asked on Voice devices not on router so
                                                                                                                                 request to remove these features.
 401                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                 H.323 and SIP Protocols are IP Telephony protocols,
                                                                                                                                 not of IP routing protocols. However all IP Routers pass
                           60      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support H.323, SIP                                             thru H.323 and SIP protocols. The voice protocols
                                                                                                                                 should be asked on Voice devices not on router so
                                                                                                                                 request to remove these features.
 402                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             TCS
                                                                                                                                 H.323 and SIP Protocols are IP Telephony protocols,
                                                                                                                                 not of IP routing protocols. However all IP Routers pass
                           60      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support H.323, SIP                                             thru H.323 and SIP protocols. The voice protocols
                                                                                                                                 should be asked on Voice devices not on router so
                                                                                                                                 request to remove these features.
 403                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             TCS
                                                            Multi‐media support:
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support Voice capabilities with Voice pass‐through
                                                            Shall support H.323, SIP
 404                       60                               Voice based QoS                                                      Please remove this point                                   Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          60                               Shall support H.323, SIP                                             H.323 and SIP Protocols are IP Telephony protocols,
                                                                                                                                 not of IP routing protocols. However all IP Routers pass
                                                                                                                                 thru H.323 and SIP protocols. The voice protocols
                                   Item No. 12 – WAN Router                                                                      should be asked on Voice devices not on router so
                                                                                                                                 request to remove these features.
 405                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 49 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
                                                                                                                                 H.323 and SIP Protocols are IP Telephony protocols,
                                                                                                                                 not of IP routing protocols. However all IP Routers pass
            Trimax         60      Item No. 12 – WAN Router Shall support H.323, SIP                                             thru H.323 and SIP protocols. The voice protocols
                                                                                                                                 should be asked on Voice devices not on router so
                                                                                                                                 request to remove these features.
 406                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications

                                                             RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,
                                                                                                                                 WCCP is propreitary to an OEM so we suggest to
                                                             HSRP/VRRP,IGMP filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD,
                                                                                                                                 remove this feature.
                                                             Spanning Tree protocol 802.1s, Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w,
            Trimax         61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                                                                                Please refer modified specifications
                                                             802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ) in hardware,IPv4 & IPv6 in
                                                                                                                                 NAT feature is used on a WAN router or Firewall, not on
                                                             hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support, WCCP, Network Address
                                                                                                                                 a Switch. Hence, we request to remove it.
                                                             Translation support, GRE in Hardware
 407
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                                 WCCP is propreitary to an OEM so we suggest to
                                                                                                                                 remove this feature.

                                                             RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,              NAT feature is used on a WAN router or Firewall, not on
                                                             HSRP/VRRP,IGMP filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD,           a Switch. Hence, we request to remove it. (RIPv1, v2,
                                                             Spanning Tree protocol 802.1s, Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w,     OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,
                           61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
                                                             802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ) in                                   HSRP/VRRP,IGMP
                                                             hardware,IPv4 & IPv6 in hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support,       filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD, Spanning
                                                             WCCP, Network Address Translation support, GRE in Hardware          Tree protocol 802.1s,Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w,
                                                                                                                                 802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ) in hardware,IPv4 & IPv6
                                                                                                                                 in hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support, GRE in
                                                                                                                                 Hardware)
 408
          VyamTech



                                                                                                                                 RMON II is a very old way of analysing the traffic flow
                                                                                                                                 across the network. There are better protocols available
                           61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch RMON I and RMON II standards                                        in the industry hence we suggest to ask for an
                                                                                                                                 equivalent one.(RMON I and RMON II or equivalent
                                                                                                                                 standards)



 409                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                           RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,
                                                                                                                                 WCCP is propreitary to an OEM so we suggest to
                                                             HSRP/VRRP,IGMP
                                                                                                                                 remove this feature.
                                                             filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD, Spanning Tree protocol
                           61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                                                                                Please refer modified specifications
                                                             802.1s,
                                                                                                                                 NAT feature is used on a WAN router or Firewall, not on
                                                             Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w, 802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ)
                                                                                                                                 a Switch. Hence, we request to remove it.
 410                                                         in
            Airtel                                                                                       ‐


                                                                                                                                 RMON II is a very old way of analysing the traffic flow
                                                                                                                                 across the network. There are better protocols available
                           61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch RMON I and RMON II standards
                                                                                                                                 in the industry hence we suggest to ask for an
                                                                                                                                 equivalent one.


 411                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 50 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS
                                                             RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,
                                                             HSRP/VRRP,IGMP
                                                             filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD, Spanning Tree protocol   WCCP is propreitary to an OEM so we suggest to
                                                             802.1s,                                                             remove this feature.
                           61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w, 802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ)                                                                Please refer modified specifications
                                                             in                                                                  NAT feature is used on a WAN router or Firewall, not on
                                                             hardware,IPv4 & IPv6 in hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support,       a Switch. Hence, we request to remove it.
                                                             WCCP,
                                                             Network Address Translation support, GRE in Hardware
 412
             TCS

                                                                                                                                 RMON II is a very old way of analysing the traffic flow
                                                                                                                                 across the network. There are better protocols available
                           61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch RMON I and RMON II standards
                                                                                                                                 in the industry hence we suggest to ask for an
                                                                                                                                 equivalent one.


 413                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS

                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                                                                                               Support for 30,000 MAC addresses and 1,00,000 IP
 414                       61                                  Support for 30,000 MAC addresses and 2,00,000 IP routes         routes                                                     No change, as per RFP
             IBM           61                                  Support for 30,000 MAC addresses and 2,00,000 IP routes         Kindly clarify on what basis support for 2,00,000 IP
                                                                                                                               routes has been calculated .We recommend support for
                                                                                                                               256,000 Ip routes is sufficient for the Core switch to
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                                                                                               handle Since main job of the core switch is only
                                                                                                                               switching functionality.
 415                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           61                                                                                                  We recommned the switch should support Layer 2
                                                                                                                               traceroute feature which allows the switch to identify the
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                   physical path that a packet takes from a source device
                                                                                                                               to a destination device,This will help us during the time
                                                                                                                               of troubleshooting
 416                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           61                                                                                                  We recommend the core switch should have support
                                                                                                                               forIEEE 802.1x ,DHCP,BPDU guard, Root Guard , for
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                   better network security .This feature can prevent
                                                                                                                               unauthorized attack on the network
 417                                                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
             IBM           61                                                                                                  QinQ, Network address translation, GRE is the protocol
                                                                                                                               required on the router. WCCP is the Cisco proprietary
                                                                RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,         protocol. The Core switch will provide LAN connectivity
                                                               HSRP/VRRP,IGMP filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD,       in the network. These asked features are supported by
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                                                                              Please refer modified specifications
                                                               Spanning Tree protocol 802.1s, Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w, one OEM-Cisco only and make the competition limited to
                                                               802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ) in                               single OEM.We request you to remove this requirement
                                                               hardware,IPv4 & IPv6 in hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support, from the core switch.
 418                                                           WCCP Network Address Translation support, GRE in Hardware
             HCL           61
                                                                                                                                 Kindly clarify on what basis support for 2,00,000 IP
                                                                                                                                 routes has been calculated .We recommend support for
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch Support for 30,000 MAC addresses and 2,00,000 IP routes             256,000 Ip routes is sufficient for the Core switch to
                                                                                                                                 handle Since main job of the core switch is only
                                                                                                                                 switching functionality.
 419                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             HCL           61                                                                                                    Layer 2 Traceroute ?We recommned the switch should
                                                                                                                                 support Layer 2 traceroute feature which allows the
                                                                                                                                 switch to identify the physical path that a packet takes
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                     from a source device to a destination device,This will
                                                                                                                                 help us during the time of troubleshooting
 420                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 51 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             HCL           61                                                                                                   802.1x support to allow dynamic, port-based security,
                                                                                                                                providing user Authentication,DHCP snooping, BPDU
                                                                                                                                guard, Root Guard .We recommend the core switch
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                    should have support forIEEE 802.1x ,DHCP,BPDU
                                                                                                                                guard, Root Guard , for better network security .This
                                                                                                                                feature can prevent unauthorized attack on the network
 421                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          61                                RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP relay,             RIPv1, v2, OSPF, BGP‐4, IGMP v3, PIM, SSM, DHCP
                                                             HSRP/VRRP,IGMP filtering on access and trunk ports, UDLD,          relay, HSRP/VRRP,IGMP filtering on access and trunk
                                                             Spanning Tree protocol 802.1s, Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w,    ports, UDLD, Spanning Tree protocol 802.1s,
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch 802.3ad, 802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ) in                                  Spanning‐tree root guard,802.1w, 802.3ad,                  Please refer modified specifications
                                                             hardware,IPv4 & IPv6 in hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support,      802.1‐in‐802.1 (QinQ) in hardware,IPv4 & IPv6 in
                                                             WCCP, Network Address Translation support, GRE in Hardware         hardware with Wire‐Rate MPLS Support, GRE in
 422                                                                                                                            Hardware
            Wipro          61                                  RMON I and RMON II standards                                     RMON I and RMON II or equivalent standards
                                                                                                                                RMON II is a very old way of analysing the traffic flow
                                                                                                                                across the network. There are better protocols available
                                                                                                                                in the industry hence we suggest to ask for an
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                                                                                                equivalent one.


 423                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          61                                                                                                   Kindly clarify on what basis support for 2,00,000 IP
                                                                                                                                routes has been calculated .We
                                                                                                                                ecommend support for 256,000 Ip routes is sufficient
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch Support for 30,000 MAC addresses and 2,00,000 IP routes
                                                                                                                                for the Core switch to handle
                                                                                                                                Since main job of the core switch is only switching
 424                                                                                                                            functionality.                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          61                                                                                                   Layer 2 Traceroute ?
                                                                                                                                We recommned the switch should support Layer 2
                                                                                                                                traceroute feature which allows the switch to identify the
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                                                                                                physical path that a packet takes from a source device
                                                                                                                                to a destination device,This will help us during the time
 425                                                                                                                            of troubleshooting                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          61                                                                                                    802.1x support to allow dynamic, port-based security,
                                                                                                                                providing user Authentication
                                                                                                                                o DHCP snooping, BPDU guard, Root GuardWe
                                                                                                                                recommend the core switch should have support
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                                                                                                forIEEE 802.1x ,DHCP,BPDU guard, Root Guard , for
                                                                                                                                better network security .This feature can prevent
                                                                                                                                unauthorized attack on the network
 426                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                               Router ACLs (RACLs) on all ports with no impact on the           Router ACLs are proprietary to an OEM.
            Trimax         61      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                               performance                                                      Hence, we suggest to remove it.


 427                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                                RMON II is a very old way of analysing the traffic flow
                                                                                                                                across the network. There are better protocols available
            Trimax         62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch RMON I and RMON II standards
                                                                                                                                in the industry hence we suggest to ask for an
 428                                                                                                                            equivalent one.                                          No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                                 The mentioned compliance is not clear. Does this mean
                                                               Shall support boot options like booting from TFTP server, Network
            Trimax         62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                     that switch should be capable of booting from anyone of
                                                               node or USB
                                                                                                                                 these options ?
 429                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 52 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
          VyamTech                                                                                                               The mentioned compliance is not clear. Does this mean
                                                               Shall support boot options like booting from TFTP server, Network
                           62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                     that switch should be capable of booting from anyone of
                                                               node or USB
 430                                                                                                                             these options ?                                         No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                                             Router ACLs (RACLs) on all ports with no impact on the              Router ACLs are proprietary to an OEM.
                           62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
 431                                                           performance                                                         Hence, we suggest to remove it.                              No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                             Shall support boot options like booting from TFTP server, Network Router ACLs are proprietary to an OEM.
                           62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
 432                                                           node or USB                                                       Hence, we suggest to remove it.                                No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                   Like Fast Ethernet switches has Gigabit uplinks,
                                                               Router ACLs (RACLs) on all ports with no impact on the              similarly Gigabit Ethernet switches required 10 Gig
                           62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                               performance                                                         uplinks, so request to add support of minimm 2x10 Gig
                                                                                                                                   ports for scalability and performance.
 433                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                   The mentioned compliance is not clear. Does this mean
                                                               Shall support boot options like booting from TFTP server,   Network
                           62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                       that switch should be capable of booting from anyone of
                                                               node or USB
 434                                                                                                                               these options ?                                         No change,     as per RFP
             TCS                                             Router ACLs (RACLs) on all ports with no impact on the                Router ACLs are proprietary to an OEM.
                           62      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
 435                                                         performance                                                           Hence, we suggest to remove it.                         No change,     as per RFP
            Wipro          62                                Shall support boot options like booting from TFTP server,     Network The mentioned compliance is not clear. Does this mean
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch node or USB                                                           that switch should be capable of booting from anyone of
                                                                                                                                   these options ?
 436                                                                                                                                                                                       No change,     as per RFP
            Wipro          62                                Router ACLs (RACLs) on all ports with no impact on the                Router ACLs are proprietary to an OEM.
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch performance                                                           Hence, we suggest to remove it.
 437                                                                                                                                                                                       No change,     as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                   The core switch need not have an internal firrewall and
                                                                                                                                   IPS as an external firewall and IPS for the internal
                                                                                                                                   segment can provide better throughput and scalability.
                                                                                                                                   Putting an external firewall and IPS for the internal
                                                                                                                                   segment removes the dependancy of its availability from
                                                                                                                                   the core switch.As discussed in the prebid meeting the
                                                                                                                                   internal firewall and IPS should be of a different OEM
                                                                                                                                   make as compared to the external firewall and IPS. This
                                                                                                                                   will reduce the threat of the vulnerablilities in the
                                                                                                                                   external firewall and IPS from propagating to the internal
                                                               Firewall and IPS                                                    firewall and IPS. Hence we strongly recommend and
                                                               (Note: This can be provided through Internal/ External Hardware     suggest that the internal firewall and IPS should not be
                                                               and if                                                              in the core switch and should be in the external
                                                               provided through external Hardware then should be of the same       component and should be of a different OEM make than
                                                               OEM as                                                              the external firewall and IPS
 438                       63                                  External Firewall and IPS)                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             IBM           63             Item No 13           Firewall and IPS (Note: This can be provided through Internal/      Request to Delete this point as it is favouring some
                                         Core Switch           External Hardware and if provided through external Hardware then    vendors who have both Firewall and IPS offerings, no
                                                               should be of the same OEM as                                        integration is required between Firewall and IPS, both
                                                               External Firewall and IPS)                                          work independantly doing its functionality.
 439                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
             HCL           63                                  Internal Firewall                                                   Firewall Should have support for virtual firewall ?We
                                                                                                                                   recommend to have Internal firewall in the datacenter to
                                                                                                                                   support multiple virtual firewall on the same box ,this
                                   Item No. 13 – Core Switch                                                                       give flexibility to have different individual firewall for
                                                                                                                                   different groups of Application LAN /users

 440                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP
            Airtel                                                                                                                 Any Gre traffic would be terminated on the WAN routers
                                                               It should support to monitor GRE and IPv4 in IPv4 encapsulated      and the internal network would also see the
                           64      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                               traffic                                                             encapsulated traffic. Hence the IPS need not have the
                                                                                                                                   capability of reading inside GRE Packets.
 441                                                                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                             Page 53 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
            Airtel                                                                                                                 Wan routers would be connected to the MPLS networks
                                                                                                                                   but they are not participating in the MPLS Label
                                                             Should be able to inspect MPLS traffic by recognizing MPLS            switching done by the service provider. The internal IPS
                           64      Item No. 13 – Core Switch
                                                             headers and correctly evaluate enclosed traffic to identify attacks   appliance would never receive MPLS packets within the
                                                                                                                                   network and hence the requirement of this feature
                                                                                                                                   should be removed.
 442                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP



                                                                                                                                   Like Fast Ethernet switches has Gigabit uplinks,
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                                                   similarly Gigabit Ethernet switches required 10 Gig
            Trimax         66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 Hardware Architecture
                                                                                                                                   uplinks, so request to add support of minimm 2x10 Gig
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          ports for scalability and performance.


 443                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                                   Like Fast Ethernet switches has Gigabit uplinks,
                                                                                                                                   similarly Gigabit Ethernet switches required 10 Gig
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                                                   uplinks, so request to add support of minimm 2x10 Gig
            Trimax         66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 Hardware Architecture
                                                                                                                                   ports for scalability and performance. (Switch should
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          support minimum 2 nos. of 10 G ports for future
                                                                                                                                   scalability)
 444                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                                   200 VLANs are the property of SMB switches deployed
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                                         in a small network, while a network of enterprise class
            Trimax         66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 L2 Features:Support for atleast 200 Vlans                              should have minimum 500 VLANs and is supported by
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          all vendors on Enterprise class products.(L2
                                                                                                                                   Features:Support for atleast 500 Vlans)
 445                                                                                                                                                                                           Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                   200 VLANs are the property of SMB switches deployed
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                                                   in a small network, while a network of enterprise class
                           66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 Hardware Architecture
                                                                                                                                   should have minimum 500 VLANs and is supported by
                                       10/100/1000 ports)
                                                                                                                                   all vendors on Enterprise class products.
 446                                                                                                                                                                                           Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                   8 port switches deployment is for very small office like
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                                                   SOHO and a network of your requirement should have
                           66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 L2 Features:Support for atleast 200 Vlans
                                                                                                                                   24 port switch as standard. This will also provide future
                                       10/100/1000 ports)
                                                                                                                                   scalability.
 447                                                                                                                                                                                           Please refer modified specifications
             TCS
                                                                                                                                   Like Fast Ethernet switches has Gigabit uplinks,
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                                                   similarly Gigabit Ethernet switches required 10 Gig
                           66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 Hardware Architecture
                                                                                                                                   uplinks, so request to add support of minimm 2x10 Gig
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          ports for scalability and performance.
 448                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                   200 VLANs are the property of SMB switches deployed
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                                                   in a small network, while a network of enterprise class
                           66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 L2 Features:Support for atleast 200 Vlans
                                                                                                                                   should have minimum 500 VLANs and is supported by
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          all vendors on Enterprise class products.
 449                                                                                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                                         Keeping in view the market transition and technological
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                                        changes , serial ports are getting obsolete. Hence we
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          request you to add "The switch should have USB
                                                                                                                                   Consol port" We recommend should have external USB
                                                                                                                                   Flash storage capability for storing and backing of
 450                                                                                                                               configuration                                           Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                                         We recommend the switch to have out-of band access
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                                        through Ethernet management port , for better
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                          troubleshooting the network problem .
 451                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Page 54 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             IBM           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          Ieee 802.1ae support Ethernet data confidentiality and
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         integrity on host facing ports, protecting against man-in-
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                           the-middle attacks (snooping, tampering, and replay)
                                                                                                                    which further add security in the network .We
                                                                                                                    recommend the switch should have support for 802.1ae.


 452                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             IBM           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          Please clarify if proposed switch should support 10Gig
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         uplink when required?
 453                                   10/100/1000 ports)                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             HCL           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          support for USB Flash for storage .Keeping in view the
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         market transition and technological changes , serial
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                           ports are getting obsolete. Hence we request you to add
                                                                                                                    "The switch should have USB Consol port" We
                                                              24 Port Manageable L3 Switch (24 10/100/1000 ports)
                                                                                                                    recommend should have external USB Flash storage
                                                                                                                    capability for storing and backing of configuration

 454                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             HCL           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          out-of-band Ethernet management port.We recommend
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         the switch to have out-of band access through Ethernet
                                       10/100/1000 ports)   24 Port Manageable L3 Switch (24 10/100/1000 ports)     management port , for better troubleshooting the
                                                                                                                    network problem .
 455                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          802.1AE (MACsec) hardware based encryption support
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         ?Ieee 802.1ae support Ethernet data confidentiality and
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                           integrity on host facing ports, protecting against man-in-
                                                                                                                    the-middle attacks (snooping, tampering, and replay)
                                                              24 Port Manageable L3 Switch (24 10/100/1000 ports)   which further add security in the network .We
                                                                                                                    recommend the switch should have support for 802.1ae.


 456                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          66                                 Hardware Architecture                                 Switch should support minimum 2 nos. of 10 G ports for
                                                                                                                    future scalability
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          Like Fast Ethernet switches has Gigabit uplinks,
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         similarly Gigabit Ethernet switches required 10 Gig
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                           uplinks, so request to add support of minimm 2x10 Gig
                                                                                                                    ports for scalability and performance.
 457                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          66                                 L2 Features:Support for atleast 200 Vlans             L2 Features:Support for atleast 500 Vlans
                                                                                                                    200 VLANs are the property of SMB switches deployed
                                                                                                                    in a small network, while a network of enterprise class
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          should have minimum 500 VLANs and is supported by
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         all vendors on Enterprise class products.
                                       10/100/1000 ports)


 458                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port                                                          support for USB Flash for storage
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         Keeping in view the market transition and technological
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                           changes , serial ports are getting obsolete. Hence we
                                                                                                                    request you to add "The switch should have USB
                                                                                                                    Consol port" We recommend should have external USB
                                                                                                                    Flash storage capability for storing and backing of
 459                                                                                                                configuration                                           Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          66        Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                         out-of-band Ethernet management port
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                           We recommend the switch to have out-of band access
                                                                                                                    through Ethernet management port , for better
                                                                                                                    troubleshooting the network problem .
 460                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 55 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
            Wipro          66                                                                                  802.1AE (MACsec) hardware based encryption support
                                                                                                               ?
                                                                                                               Ieee 802.1ae support Ethernet data confidentiality and
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                               integrity on host facing ports, protecting against man-in-
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24
                                                                                                               the-middle attacks (snooping, tampering, and replay)
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                      which further add security in the network .We
                                                                                                               recommend the switch should have support for 802.1ae.
 461                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                               200 VLANs are the property of SMB switches deployed
                                     Item No. 14 – 24 Port
                                                                                                               in a small network, while a network of enterprise class
            Trimax         66      Manageable L3 Switch (24 L2 Features:Support for atleast 200 Vlans
                                                                                                               should have minimum 500 VLANs and is supported by
                                       10/100/1000 ports)
                                                                                                               all vendors on Enterprise class products.
 462                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           67       Item no 15: height: 36 U   Industry Standard                               42 U

 463                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             IBM           67         Wire Manager :Two        We have Only Vertical Wire Manager              Remove this Point
 464                                   vertical and four                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
             IBM           67        Fan Trays:With 4 fans     IBM rack doesn’t have Fans                      Remove this Point

 465                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                               The electricity boards specify for equipment connected
                                                                                                               should be power factor >.9, which also the industry
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
          VyamTech         70                                Input Power Factor - 0.99 or better               standard practice. Hence, we request you to amend it as
                                              UPS)
                                                                                                               "Input Power Factor >.9, otherwise it will be to stringent
                                                                                                               as a clause.
 466                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications
           Emerson                 Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)   This shall be most advanced DSP based technology
 467                                          UPS)                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
           Emerson                 Item No. 17- 20KVA Online 20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)   This shall be >85% as per the UPS industry standards
                           70
 468                                          UPS)                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
           Emerson                 Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                   This shall be 0 to 40 deg C as per the UPS industry
                           70                                20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)
 469                                          UPS)                                                             standards                                                    No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         70                                                                                  Important parameter for UPS Systems in Data Centre. It
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                   reduces the chances of UPS going on Battery evertime if
                                                             Reverse Phase Sequence
                                              UPS)                                                             there is a distrbance in phase sequence from Electricity
 470                                                                                                           board                                                    No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         70
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                                                             Temperature Compensated Charging                  Important parameter for battery life enhancement
                                              UPS)
 471                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         70
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                   Increase the I/p Power factor & induce lesser noise(THD)
                                                             Rectifier/Charger shall also be IGBT
                                              UPS)                                                             to the load. Limits no. of failure which are more in SCR.
 472                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         70
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                                                             LCD display                                       This shall be Mimic Real time display
                                              UPS)
 473                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         70                                                                                  This shall be available by external device (Transient
                                                                                                               Voltage Surge Suppressor) confirms UL 1449-3 certified,
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                   Protection level of 1.0kV, All mode protection shall be
                                                             SURGE PROTECTION
                                              UPS)                                                             available(I.e L-L.L-N.L-G & N-G), MCOV :- MIN 320V,
                                                                                                               Working status indicator by LED, Response Time <
 474                                                                                                           0.5nS.                                                  No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 56 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             TCS                                               Please clarify whether 2 Hrs back up is for total load of 20 KVA

                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                                              UPS)

 475                       70                                                                                                                                                                  Each UPS should have 2 hours backup
             TCS                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)
 476                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Technology                                                           It should be most advanced DSP based technology
 477                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             TCS                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Overall Efficiency (AC‐AC) >87%                                      It should be >85% as per the industry standards
 478                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             TCS                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Operating temperature 0 to 50 deg C                                  It should be 0 to 40 deg C as per the industry standards
 479                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                  It should be asked inbuilt in the UPS. This is as per Data
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Isolation                                                            Centre standards & standard in all RFPs all Stata Data
                                              UPS)
                                                                                                                                  Centre by DIT-Gov of India.
 480                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Parallel Operation Recommended                                       It should be 1+1 as the Industry standards
                                              UPS)
 481                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                  Important parameter for UPS Systems in Data Centre. It
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Reverse Phase Sequence                                               reduces the chances of UPS going on Battery evertime if
                                              UPS)
                                                                                                                                  there is a distrbance in phase sequence
 482                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                Temperature Compensated Charging                                     Important parameter for battery life enhancement
                                              UPS)
 483                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                      Increase the I/p Power factor & induce lesser noise(THD)
                           70                                Rectifier/Charger shall also be IGBT
                                              UPS)                                                                                to the load. Limits no. of failure which are more in SCR.
 484                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                LCD display                                                          It should be Mimic Real time display
 485                                          UPS)
                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                  It should be available by external device (Transient
                                                                                                                                  Voltage Surge Suppressor) confirms UL 1449-3 certified,
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                      Protection level of 1.0kV, All mode protection shall be
                           70                                SURGE PROTECTION
                                              UPS)                                                                                available(I.e L-L.L-N.L-G & N-G), MCOV :- MIN 320V,
                                                                                                                                  Working status indicator by LED, Response Time <
 486                                                                                                                              0.5nS.                                                  No change, as per RFP
             HCL

                                                                                                                                  The electricity boards specify for equipment connected
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                      should be power factor >.9, which also the industry
                                              UPS)                                                                                standard practice. Hence, we request you to amend it as
                                                                                                                                  "Input Power Factor >.9, otherwise it will be to stringent
 487                       70                                Input Power Factor - 0.99 or better                                  as a clause.                                               Please refer modified specifications
             HCL                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online 20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)
                           70                                                                                                     It should be most advanced DSP based technology
 488                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                      It should be >85% as per the industry standards
                           70
 489                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                           70                                                                                                     It should be 0 to 40 deg C as per the industry standards
 490                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           70                                20KVA ONLINE UPS SYSTEMS                                             Include SNMP instead of this.Reason : SNMP will work
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                      as remote monitoring and the data will be accessible to
                                              UPS)                                                                                the administrator at any time and any where.
 491                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 57 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             HCL           70                                (B) Diagnostic Facility : The UPS should hold in its Memory up to
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online sufficient events / alarms and same should be readable form its
                                              UPS)           front Panel LCD Screen
 492                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             HCL           70                                  415V – 3 Phase, Range 300V – 500V                                   Operating range needs to be 310 - 480VAC
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
 493                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           70      Item No. 17- 20KVA Online   0.99 or better                                                      0.95
 494                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             HCL           70      Item No. 17- 20KVA Online   0 to 50 Deg. C                                                      0 to 40 Deg. C
 495                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           70      Item No. 17- 20KVA Online   Reputed & reliable brands like EXIDE, PANASONIC, QUANTA,            Numeric Make is to be included.Kindly support us to
                                                               CSB, ROCKET only                                                    include Numeric batteries.
 496                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           70      Item No. 17- 20KVA Online 5 years onsite for UPS with accessories & batteries                   3 years onsite for UPS with accessories & batteries
 497                                          UPS)                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL           70                                                                                                      Inbuilt Input Isolation Transformer to be
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                       included.Reason : This is to protect the load from
                                              UPS)                                                                                 nuetral related problems and increases the reliability of
                                                                                                                                   the equipment
 498                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          70
                                                                                                                                   The electricity boards specify for equipment connected
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                       should be power factor >.9, which also the industry
                                              UPS)                                                                                 standard practice. Hence, we request you to amend it as
                                                                                                                                   "Input Power Factor >.9, otherwise it will be to stringent
 499                                                           Input Power Factor - 0.99 or better                                 as a clause.                                               Please refer modified specifications
                                                                                                                                   We request you to kindly ammend it at Isolation -
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online Isolation - Isolation Transformer may be provided at input of UPS
          VyamTech         71                                                                                                      Isolation Transformer may be provided at input of UPS
                                              UPS)           externally
                                                                                                                                   externally/internally (As per manufacturer design)
 500                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
           Emerson                                                                                                                 This shall be asked inbuilt in the UPS. This is as per
                                                                                                                                   Data Centre standards & specs in major RFPs of all
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                       Stata Data Centre by DIT-Govt of India. This averts any
                           71                                20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)
                                              UPS)                                                                                 Neutral cut problem & hence increase the UPTIME OF
                                                                                                                                   the DATA CENTRE. And hence proper load isolation is
 501                                                                                                                               grananted.                                                  No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         71


                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                                                             20 KVA Online UPS to be installed at DC (2 + 2)                       This shall be 1+1 as per the UPS Industry standards
                                              UPS)

 502                                                                                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             HCL
                                                                                                                                   We request you to kindly amend it at Isolation - Isolation
                                                                                                                                   Transformer may be provided at input of UPS
                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online                                                                       externally/internally (As per manufacturer design) It
                                              UPS)                                                                                 should be asked inbuilt in the UPS. This is as per Data
                                                                                                                                   Centre standards & standard in all RFPs all Stata Data
                                                               Isolation - Isolation Transformer may be provided at input of UPS   Centre by DIT-Gov of India. It should be 1+1 as the
 503                       71                                  externally                                                          Industry standards                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          71


                                   Item No. 17- 20KVA Online
                                              UPS)                                                                                 We request you to kindly ammend it at Isolation -
                                                               Isolation - Isolation Transformer may be provided at input of UPS   Isolation Transformer may be provided at input of UPS
 504                                                           externally                                                          externally/internally (As per manufacturer design)          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Page 58 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
                                                                                                                                 As per industry norms class A1 governing is prefered
                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets     Type of Governer:- Class A2 governing as per IS10000(all latest   over class A2. also for electronic and IT equipements
          VyamTech         72
                                            60KVA              specs of engines are as per IS10000 & class A2 governing)         class A1 type governing give better protection. Hence
                                                                                                                                 request you kindly ammend it is as Class A1 governing.
 505                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications

                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets     Genset offered should be CPCB compliant (required as per latest Suggest you to please ask for type test certificate for the
          VyamTech         72
                                            60KVA              CPCB rules)                                                     engine endurance test from any approved govt authority.
 506                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                                 High cylinder head temperature protection will
                                                               Protection against low lubricating oil pressure, high cylinder
                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets                                                                       automatically give over speed protection. Hence kindly
          VyamTech         72                                  head/water temperature and over speed shall be provided for
                                            60KVA                                                                                remove over speed protectionas it will duplication of
                                                               engine with alarm and fuel shut off.
                                                                                                                                 protection and will increase the cost also.
 507                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             HCL
                                                                                                                                 As per industry norms class A1 governing is preferred
                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets
                                                                                                                                 over class A2. also for electronic and IT equipments
                                            60KVA              Type of Governer:- Class A2 governing as per IS10000(all latest   class A1 type governing give better protection. Hence
 508                       72                                  specs of engines are as per IS10000 & class A2 governing)         request you kindly amend it is as Class A1 governing.        Please refer modified specifications
             HCL
                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets
                                            60KVA              Genset offered should be CPCB compliant (required as per latest Suggest you to please ask for type test certificate for the
 509                       72                                  CPCB rules)                                                     engine endurance test from any approved govt authority. No change, as per RFP
             HCL

                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets                                                                       High cylinder head temperature protection will
                                            60KVA              Protection against low lubricating oil pressure, high cylinder    automatically give over speed protection. Hence kindly
                                                               head/water temperature and over speed shall be provided for       remove over speed protection as it will duplication of
 510                       72                                  engine with alarm and fuel shut off.                              protection and will increase the cost also.                  No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          72

                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets                                                                       As per industry norms class A1 governing is prefered
                                            60KVA                                                                                over class A2. also for electronic and IT equipements
                                                               Type of Governer:- Class A2 governing as per IS10000(all latest   class A1 type governing give better protection. Hence
 511                                                           specs of engines are as per IS10000 & class A2 governing)         request you kindly ammend it is as Class A1 governing. Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          72
                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets
                                            60KVA              Genset offered should be CPCB compliant (required as per latest Suggest you to please ask for type test certificate for the
 512                                                           CPCB rules)                                                     engine endurance test from any approved govt authority. No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          72

                                     Item No. 18 - DG Sets                                                                       High cylinder head temperature protection will
                                                               Protection against low lubricating oil pressure, high cylinder    automatically give over speed protection. Hence kindly
                                            60KVA
                                                               head/water temperature and over speed shall be provided for       remove over speed protectionas it will duplication of
 513                                                           engine with alarm and fuel shut off.                              protection and will increase the cost also.                  No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                                 The electricity boards specify for equipment connected
                                                                                                                                 should be power factor >.9, which also the industry
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online
          VyamTech         78                                Input Power Factor - 0.99 at full load.                             standard practice. Hence, we request you to amend it as
                                              UPS
                                                                                                                                 "Input Power Factor >.9, otherwise it will be to stringent
 514                                                                                                                             as a clause.                                               Please refer modified specifications
           Emerson         78      Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                     This shall be two or three hours on full load as per the
                                                             Battery Backup
 515                                          UPS                                                                                electricity condition in MP                                No change, as per RFP
           Emerson         78
                                                                                                                                 This shall be available with external device & confirms to
                                                                                                                                 Two Mode Protection (L-N / N-G), Max. Cont. Operating
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online
                                                             Surge Protection                                                    Voltage (MCOV) – 320VAC,Surge Current Capacity – 10
                                              UPS
                                                                                                                                 kA,Working status indicator by LED Response Time <
                                                                                                                                 0.5nS
 516                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 59 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS                                               Back up                                                          Battery back up required is 60 Min on single PC load,
                                                                                                                                while battery rating mentioned is 1512 VAH. Normally
                                                                                                                                VAH rating required for 60 min back up on single PC is
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                    much lower (@ 400 VAH).Please confirm. Normally
                                              UPS                                                                               available products follow VAH rating or offer the
                                                                                                                                batteries adequate to give back up of 60 Min on single
 517                       78                                                                                                   PC.                                                         No change, as per RFP
             TCS

                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                    We propose a back-up of two hrs seeing the MP
                           78                                1 KVA Online with 60 minutes BackupBattery Backup
                                              UPS                                                                               electricity availabilty at remote locations.


 518                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                It should be available with external device & confirms to
                                                                                                                                Two Mode Protection (L-N / N-G), Max. Cont. Operating
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online
                           78                                Surge Protection                                                   Voltage (MCOV) – 320VAC,Surge Current Capacity – 10
                                              UPS
                                                                                                                                kA,Working status indicator by LED Response Time <
                                                                                                                                0.5nS
 519                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             HCL
                                                                                                                                The electricity boards specify for equipment connected
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                    should be power factor >.9, which also the industry
                                              UPS                                                                               standard practice. Hence, we request you to amend it as
                                                                                                                                "Input Power Factor >.9, otherwise it will be to stringent
 520                       78                                  Input Power Factor - 0.99 at full load.                          as a clause.                                               Please refer modified specifications
             HCL           78                                  1 KVA Online with 60 minutes Backup
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                    We propose a back-up of two hrs seeing the MP
                                              UPS                                                                               electricity availabilty at remote locations.
 521                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             HCL           78                                                                                                   It should be available with external device & confirms to
                                                                                                                                Two Mode Protection (L-N / N-G), Max. Cont. Operating
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online
                                                                                                                                Voltage (MCOV) – 320VAC,Surge Current Capacity – 10
                                              UPS
                                                                                                                                kA,Working status indicator by LED Response Time <
 522                                                                                                                            0.5nS                                                     No change, as per RFP
             HCL           78                                  1 KVA Online UPS -EXIDE, PANASONIC, QUANTA, ROCKET,              Numeirc Make is to be included
                                                               CSB only
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online
                                              UPS
 523                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             HCL           78                                                                                                   Inbuilt Input Isolation Transformer to be included
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                    Reason : This is to protect the load from nuetral related
                                              UPS                                                                               problems and increases the reliability of the equipment
 524                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          78
                                                                                                                                The electricity boards specify for equipment connected
                                   Item No. 27 - 1KVA Online                                                                    should be power factor >.9, which also the industry
                                              UPS                                                                               standard practice. Hence, we request you to amend it as
                                                                                                                                "Input Power Factor >.9, otherwise it will be to stringent
 525                                                           Input Power Factor - 0.99 at full load.                          as a clause.                                               Please refer modified specifications
                                                                                                                                8 port switches deployment is for very small office like
                                      Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                                SOHO and a network of your requirement should have
            Trimax         79        Managed Switch with       Item No. 28 – 8 Port Managed Switch with Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                                24 port switch as standard. This will also provide future
                                    Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                                scalability.
 526                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications

                                      Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                                Minimum of 6Mpps forwarding performance is desired
            Trimax         79        Managed Switch with       2Mpps forwarding performance
                                                                                                                                for 24 port 10/100 switch.
                                    Internal Power Supply
 527                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 60 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page     RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.           Section
 No.
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            Configurable up to 4000 MAC addresses,                           Upto 8K mac address and 355 Vlans are standard for 24
            Trimax         79       Managed Switch with
                                                            255 VLAN, IPv6 Support                                           port gigabit switch.
 528                               Internal Power Supply                                                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                             8 port switches deployment is for very small office like
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port                                                                    SOHO and a network of your requirement should have
                           79       Managed Switch with     Item No. 28 – 8 Port Managed Switch with Internal Power Supply   24 port switch as standard. This will also provide future
                                   Internal Power Supply                                                                     scalability. (Item No. 28 – 24 Port Managed 10/100
                                                                                                                             Switch with Internal Power Supply)
 529                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                             Minimum of 6Mpps forwarding performance is desired
                           79       Managed Switch with     2Mpps forwarding performance
                                                                                                                             for 24 port 10/100 switch.(6Mpps)
 530                               Internal Power Supply                                                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port                                                                    Upto 8K mac address and 355 Vlans are standard for 24
                                                            Configurable up to 4000 MAC addresses,
                           79       Managed Switch with                                                                      port gigabit switch.(Configurable up to 8000 MAC
                                                            255 VLAN, IPv6 Support
                                   Internal Power Supply                                                                     addresses, 355 VLAN, IPv6 Support)
 531                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                             We suggest to go for 24 port switch instead of 8 port
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            8 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 1 uplink of                      switch.This will be useful to connect more number of
                           79       Managed Switch with
                                                            10/100/1000baseT or SFP                                          desktops in future.(24 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 2
                                   Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                             uplink of 10/100/1000baseT or SFP)
 532                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel                   Item No. 28 – 8 Port                                                                    Minimum of 6Mpps forwarding performance is desired
                           79       Managed Switch with     Item No. 28 – 8 Port Managed Switch with Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                             for 24 port 10/100 switch.
 533                               Internal Power Supply                                                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                             Upto 8K mac address and 355 Vlans are standard for 24
                           79       Managed Switch with     2Mpps forwarding performance
                                                                                                                             port gigabit switch.
                                   Internal Power Supply
 534                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel
                                                                                                                             We suggest to go for 24 port switch instead of 8 port
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            Configurable up to 4000 MAC addresses,                           switch.
                           79       Managed Switch with
                                                            255 VLAN, IPv6 Support                                           This will be useful to connect more number of desktops
                                   Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                             in future.
 535                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications
            Airtel
                                                                                                                             Network security like Firewall and IPS is feature of
                                                                                                                             dedicated appliances to provide non compromising
                                                                                                                             performance while maintaining security of the network.
                                                                                                                             IPS feature on a router doesn't provide full functionality
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            8 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 1 uplink of                      and provide compromising security features, So these
                           79       Managed Switch with
                                                            10/100/1000baseT or SFP                                          features are not recommended on a router as it
                                   Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                             degrades the performance of router and doesn't provide
                                                                                                                             complete security.
                                                                                                                             And if router goes down there is considerable security
                                                                                                                             threat to the network due to non-availability of IPS.
 536                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications
            Huwaei         79                               8 Gbps switching capacity
           Symantec                  Item No. 28 – 8 Port                                                                    8 Gbps switching capability in this low end switch is not
                                    Managed Switch with                                                                      available in most of the leading brands. It should be 3
                                   Internal Power Supply                                                                     Gbps
 537                                                                                                                                                                                      Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 61 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page     RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                 Clause Details                         Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.           Section
 No.
            Seimon         79           Item No. 29         Information Outlet                                               information Outlet
                                                            1. 1‐port, Shuttered, White, with surface box for surface         Should confirm or exceed TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 and IEC
                                                            mount applications, Category 6,TIA/EIA 568‐b.2.1                 60603-7-4 standards requirements for CAT 6
                                                            Category                                                          Usable bandwidth 550MHz Utilizes TRI-BALANCE
                                                            2. ABS/Polycarbonate                                             technology with optimized pair balance design
                                                            3. One                                                            Zero-Cross termination module type
                                                            4. Shutters                                                       Rapid Z-Tool based termination type to eliminate the
                                                            5. To be supplied with label for port identification             variability.
                                                                                                                              Allow installation from the front or rear of the faceplate
                                                                                                                              Same outlet should be used for flat and angled options.
                                                                                                                             Durability: 750 mating cycles on modular jack and 200
                                                                                                                             termination cycles on 110 block
                                                                                                                             UL listing and RoHS Compliant
                                                                                                                             To Ensure the delivery of best performance, the
                                                                                                                             specifications of the IO must be more elaborative in
                                                                                                                             terms of usable bandwidth, termination, usage options,
                                                                                                                             cross termination etc

 538                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                             8 port switches deployment is for very small office like
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                             SOHO and a network of your requirement should have
                           79       Managed Switch with     Item No. 28 – 8 Port Managed Switch with Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                             24 port switch as standard. This will also provide future
                                   Internal Power Supply                                                                     scalability.
 539                                                                                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
             TCS
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                             Minimum of 6Mpps forwarding performance is desired
                           79       Managed Switch with     2Mpps forwarding performance
                                                                                                                             for 24 port 10/100 switch.
                                   Internal Power Supply
 540                                                                                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            Configurable up to 4000 MAC addresses,                           Upto 8K mac address and 355 Vlans are standard for 24
                           79       Managed Switch with
                                                            255 VLAN, IPv6 Support                                           port gigabit switch.
 541                               Internal Power Supply                                                                                                                            Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                                                                                                             We suggest to go for 24 port switch instead of 8 port
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            8 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 1 uplink of                      switch.
                           79       Managed Switch with
                                                            10/100/1000baseT or SFP                                          This will be useful to connect more number of desktops
                                   Internal Power Supply
 542                                                                                                                         in future.                                             Please refer modified specifications
             TCS                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                    Managed Switch with
 543                       79      Internal Power Supply    8 Gbps switching capacity                                        3.6 Gbps                                                      Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          79                               Item No. 28 – 8 Port Managed Switch with Internal Power Supply   Item No. 28 – 24 Port Managed 10/100 Switch with
                                                                                                                             Internal Power Supply
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                             8 port switches deployment is for very small office like
                                    Managed Switch with                                                                      SOHO and a network of your requirement should have
                                   Internal Power Supply                                                                     24 port switch as standard. This will also provide future
 544                                                                                                                         scalability.                                                  Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          79        Item No. 28 – 8 Port   2Mpps forwarding performance                                     6Mpps.Minimum of 6Mpps forwarding performance is
                                    Managed Switch with                                                                      desired for 24 port 10/100 switch.
 545                               Internal Power Supply                                                                                                                                   Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          79                               Configurable up to 4000 MAC addresses,                           Configurable up to 8000 MAC addresses, 355 VLAN,
                                                            255 VLAN, IPv6 Support                                           IPv6 Support
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                                                                                             Upto 8K mac address and 355 Vlans are standard for 24
                                    Managed Switch with
                                                                                                                             port gigabit switch.
                                   Internal Power Supply
 546                                                                                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications
            Wipro          79                               8 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 1 uplink of                      24 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 2 uplink of
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port   10/100/1000baseT or SFP                                          10/100/1000baseT or SFP.We suggest to go for 24 port
                                    Managed Switch with                                                                      switch instead of 8 port switch.
                                                                                                                             This will be useful to connect more number of desktops
                                   Internal Power Supply
                                                                                                                             in future.
 547                                                                                                                                                                                       Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 62 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page     RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details      Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.           Section
 No.
                                                                                                            We suggest to go for 24 port switch instead of 8 port
                                     Item No. 28 – 8 Port
                                                            8 Ports 10/100 Mbps with active 1 uplink of     switch.
            Trimax         79       Managed Switch with
                                                            10/100/1000baseT or SFP                         This will be useful to connect more number of desktops
                                   Internal Power Supply
 548                                                                                                        in future.                                             Please refer modified specifications
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                         Suggest to mention 1meter or 2 meter in the BOM of
            Systems        80                               Length - 3 feet or 7 feet                       page 31 as this is standrad for measurement according
                                                                                                            to indian law of mesurement.
 549                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
                                                                                                            Suggest seeking 25 year warranty with site certification.
            Network
                           80                               Warranty - 20 year component warranty           Must be installed by OEM certified engineer to match
            Systems
                                                                                                            the performance. Site certification to be issued.
 550                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                         Suggest to seek are the passive products complying to
                           80                               Warranty - 20 year component warranty
            Systems                                                                                         RoHS
 551                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                         UTP Cat6 complying to EIA/TIA 568-C.2 i.e the latest
            Systems                                                                                         standard and must submit the channel test report from
                           80                               cable Type
                                                                                                            at least three third party vendor indicating that the
                                                                                                            complete channel complyies to latest standard.
 552                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                         Suggest mentioning “Terminals - Phosphor Bronze 50µ
            Systems        80                               Terminals - Phosphor bronze with gold plating   gold over 100µ nickel". This helps in better connectivity
                                                                                                            of Patch cord.
 553                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
                                                                                                            Must mention that 24 port fully loaded patch panel
            Network        80                               Type
                                                                                                            complying to latest EIA/TIA 568-C.2 Standard
 554        Systems                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
                                                                                                            Suggest clarifying on the height for 24 ports and 48 port.
            Network        80                               Height - 1U
                                                                                                            Must mention 1U for 24 ports and 2U for 48 ports.
 555        Systems                                                                                                                                                      No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink                                                                                        Suggest mentioning “Terminals - Phosphor Bronze 50µ
            Network        80                               Jack contacts                                   gold over 100µ nickel". This helps in better connectivity
 556        Systems                                                                                         of Patch cord.                                               No change, as per RFP
           SmartLink
            Network                                                                                         Suggest mandating the submission of both UL , ETL
                           80                               Approvals - UL Listed / ETL verified
            Systems                                                                                         and 3P certificate for complete channel performance.
 557                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                          Page 63 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                         Clause Details                           Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Seimon         80        Item No. 30     Patch Cord                                                        Patch Cord
                                                     Plug Protection                                                   Factory fitted RJ-45 plugs at both ends with back-forth
                                                     1. Matching colored boot to maintain bend radius                  movement latching design
                                                                                                                       Metallic isolator inside plug for optimum NEXT
                                                                                                                       performance
                                                                                                                       UL listing and RoHS Compliant
                                                                                                                       Back-forth movement Latching design ensure perfect
                                                                                                                       locking and prevents accidental removal of cord, Metallic
                                                                                                                       isolator inside the plug ensure optimum NEXT
                                                                                                                       performance. * Near end crosstalk (NEXT), which is the
                                                                                                                       unwanted signal coupling between cable pairs occurring
                                                                                                                       mostly at the near end where the transmitted signal is
                                                                                                                       applied and where the signal is strongest. Put another
                                                                                                                       way, NEXT is a measure of how much signal energy is
                                                                                                                       radiated from one transmitting pair and capacitive
                                                                                                                       coupled to an adjacent pair (of conductors). Thus, NEXT
                                                                                                                       is defined as the ratio of the strength of transmitted
                                                                                                                       signal to the coupled signal measured on the adjacent
                                                                                                                       receiver pair. The higher the value, the better the cable
                                                                                                                       performance. Since it's frequency dependent, NEXT is
                                                                                                                       also measured at multiple frequencies (steps) over a
                                                                                                                       specified frequency range. Crosstalk is the major factor
                                                                                                                       limiting UTP performance. (Near and Cross Talk)


 558                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Seimon         80        Item No. 31                                                                       UTP Patch Panel
                                                                                                                       1. Type : 48‐port, Discrete Patch Panel, Unshielded
                                                                                                                       Twisted Pair, Category 6, ANSI/TIA/EIA 568‐B.2.1
                                                                                                                       2. Height : 1U
                                                                                                                       UL listing and RoHS Compliant
                                                                                                                       Gives high density in limited space. Better cable
                                                                                                                       management and space management.


                                                     UTP Patch Panel
                                                     1. Type : 24‐port, PCB based, Unshielded Twisted Pair, Category
                                                     6, ANSI/TIA/EIA 568‐B.2.1                        2. Height : 1U




 559                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Seimon         81        Item No. 32     Cable                                                             Cable
                                                     Impedance                                                         Impedance
                                                     For 1 to 100 MHz: 100 X ± 6%                                      For 1 to 100 MHz: 100 X ± 6%
                                                                                                                       For 100 to 500 MHz: 100 X ± 25%
                                                                                                                       We recommend that the Impedance
                                                                                                                       For 1 to 100 MHz: 100 X ± 15%
                                                                                                                        For 100 to 500 MHz: 100 X ± 25% because 150% is to
                                                                                                                       wide a range
 560                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                Page 64 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                Clause Details                    Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.

                                                                                                                       Network security like Firewall and IPS is feature of
                                                                                                                       dedicated appliances to provide non compromising
                                                                                                                       performance while maintaining security of the network.
                                                                                                                       IPS feature on a router doesn't provide full functionality
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router Should have support for hardware based VPN (3DES/AES)      and provide compromising security features, So these
            Trimax         82
                                      (Remote Locations)    Encryption. Should have complete Firewall, IPS features.   features are not recommended on a router as it
                                                                                                                       degrades the performance of router and doesn't provide       As per RFP, There should not be any performance
                                                                                                                       complete security.                                           degradation on router with Firewall, IPS & IPSec
                                                                                                                       And if router goes down there is considerable security       features. Router performance should be min. 60
                                                                                                                       threat to the network due to non-availability of IPS.        Kpps i.e. 40 Mbps with concurrent services like FW,
 561                                                                                                                                                                                IPS & IPSec.



                                                                                                                       The flash memory requirement may differ from one OEM
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router
            Trimax         82                               Memory: 256 MB DRAM , 64 MB Flash memory                   to another.                                           No change, as per RFP
                                      (Remote Locations)
                                                                                                                       We suggest to remove the requirement of flash memory.

 562
          VyamTech                                                                                                     Network security like Firewall and IPS is feature of
                                                                                                                       dedicated appliances to provide non compromising
                                                                                                                       performance while maintaining security of the network.
                                                                                                                       IPS feature on a router doesn't provide full functionality
                                                                                                                       and provide compromising security features, So these
                                                            Should have support for hardware based VPN (3DES/AES)      features are not recommended on a router as it
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router
                           82                               Encryption. Should                                         degrades the performance of router and doesn't provide
                                      (Remote Locations)
                                                            have complete Firewall, IPS features.                      complete security.
                                                                                                                       And if router goes down there is considerable security       As per RFP, There should not be any performance
                                                                                                                       threat to the network due to non-availability of             degradation on router with Firewall, IPS & IPSec
                                                                                                                       IPS.(Should have support for hardware based VPN              features. Router performance should be min. 60
                                                                                                                       (3DES/AES) Encryption. Should                                Kpps i.e. 40 Mbps with concurrent services like FW,
 563                                                                                                                   have Firewall features.)                                     IPS & IPSec.
          VyamTech

                                                                                                                       The flash memory requirement may differ from one OEM
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router                                                            to another.
                           82                               Memory: 256 MB DRAM , 64 MB Flash memory                                                                        No change, as per RFP
                                      (Remote Locations)                                                               We suggest to remove the requirement of flash
                                                                                                                       memory.(Memory: 256 MB DRAM)

 564
            Airtel




                                                            Should have support for hardware based VPN (3DES/AES)      Should have support for hardware based VPN
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router
                           82                               Encryption. Should                                         (3DES/AES) Encryption. Should
                                      (Remote Locations)
                                                            have complete Firewall, IPS features.                      have Firewall features.




 565                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Page 65 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                Clause Details                    Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
            Airtel


                                                                                                                       The flash memory requirement may differ from one
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router
                           82                               Memory: 256 MB DRAM , 64 MB Flash memory                   OEM to another.We suggest to remove the                      No change, as per RFP
                                      (Remote Locations)
                                                                                                                       requirement of flash memory.

 566
             TCS
                                                                                                                       Network security like Firewall and IPS is feature of
                                                                                                                       dedicated appliances to provide non compromising
                                                                                                                       performance while maintaining security of the network.
                                                                                                                       IPS feature on a router doesn't provide full functionality
                                                            Should have support for hardware based VPN (3DES/AES)
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router                                                            and provide compromising security features, So these
                           82                               Encryption. Should
                                      (Remote Locations)                                                               features are not recommended on a router as it               As per RFP, There should not be any performance
                                                            have complete Firewall, IPS features.
                                                                                                                       degrades the performance of router and doesn't provide       degradation on router with Firewall, IPS & IPSec
                                                                                                                       complete security.                                           features. Router performance should be min. 60
                                                                                                                       And if router goes down there is considerable security       Kpps i.e. 40 Mbps with concurrent services like FW,
                                                                                                                       threat to the network due to non-availability of IPS.        IPS & IPSec. Vendor can provide external hardware
 567                                                                                                                                                                                for Firewall & IPS if it is not possible on the router.
             TCS

                                                                                                                       The flash memory requirement may differ from one OEM
                                   Item No. 33 – WAN Router
                           82                               Memory: 256 MB DRAM , 64 MB Flash memory                   to another.                                           No change, as per RFP
                                      (Remote Locations)
                                                                                                                       We suggest to remove the requirement of flash memory.

 568
             TCS

                                                                                                                                                                               As per RFP, There should not be any performance
                                                                                                                                                                               degradation on router with Firewall, IPS & IPSec
                                                                                                                                                                               features. Router performance should be min. 60
                                                                                                                       Should have support for hardware based VPN              Kpps i.e. 40 Mbps with concurrent services like FW,
                                                            Should have support for hardware based VPN (3DES/AES)      (3DES/AES) Encryption. Should have complete Firewall IPS & IPSec. Vendor can provide external hardware
 569                       82              Item No.33       Encryption. Should have complete Firewall, IPS features.   features.                                               for Firewall & IPS if it is not possible on the router.
             HCL           82        Item No. 14 – 24 Port  Interface Support                                          In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                            recommend that the router should support interfaces
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                              like ISDN BRI which will be used as backup for the
                                                                                                                       Remote router to connect to IGRS Head office incase of
                                                                                                                       failure of main connectivity link like leased line/MPLS
                                                                                                                       /BB,and also there is no requirement of purchasing a
                                                                                                                       new router for the above interface requirement




 570                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          82      Item No. 33 – WAN Router Should have support for hardware based VPN (3DES/AES)      Should have support for hardware based VPN
                                      (Remote Locations)    Encryption. Should                                         (3DES/AES) Encryption. Should
                                                            have complete Firewall, IPS features.                      have Firewall features.
                                                                                                                       Network security like Firewall and IPS is feature of
                                                                                                                       dedicated appliances to provide non compromising
                                                                                                                       performance while maintaining security of the network.
                                                                                                                       IPS feature on a router doesn't provide full functionality
                                                                                                                       and provide compromising security features, So these
                                                                                                                       features are not recommended on a router as it
                                                                                                                       degrades the performance of router and doesn't provide       As per RFP, There should not be any performance
                                                                                                                       complete security.                                           degradation on router with Firewall, IPS & IPSec
                                                                                                                       And if router goes down there is considerable security       features. Router performance should be min. 60
                                                                                                                       threat to the network due to non-availability of IPS.        Kpps i.e. 40 Mbps with concurrent services like FW,
 571                                                                                                                                                                                IPS & IPSec.




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 66 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                 Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
            Wipro          82      Item No. 33 – WAN Router Memory: 256 MB DRAM , 64 MB Flash memory                                 Memory: 256 MB DRAM
                                      (Remote Locations)                                                                             The flash memory requirement may differ from one OEM
                                                                                                                                     to another.
                                                                                                                                     We suggest to remove the requirement of flash memory.
                                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP



 572
           Symantec        83                                 All the modules for the proposed EMS solution must be from the         Please remove the words" from the same
                                                              same OEM vendor to provide out of the box and seamless                 OEM vendor" as this would prevent good
                                                              integration integration capabilities                                   point solutions to be quoted and would
                                        Item No. 34 –                                                                                compromise the over all security management. Please
                                          Enterprise                                                                                 change it to "All the
                                        Management                                                                                   modules for the proposed EMS solution
                                                                                                                                     must provide seamless integration "
 573                                   Software (EMS)                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             HCL           83      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   All the modules for the proposed EMS solution must be from the         Please remove the words" from the same OEM vendor"
                                    Management Software       same OEM vendor to provide out of the box and seamless                 as this would prevent good point solutions to be quoted
                                            (EMS)             integration integration capabilities                                   and would compromise the over all security
                                                                                                                                     management. Please change it to "All the modules for
                                                                                                                                     the proposed EMS solution must provide seamless
                                                                                                                                     integration "

 574                                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             IBM           83      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   ‐ The system should support secure device configuration capture        The startup and running configuration matching is one
                                    Management Software       and upload and thereby detect inconsistent “running” and               specific requirement from the perspective of
                                            (EMS)             “startup” configurations.The proposed system should be able to         configuration management. If the solution requires
                                                              administer configuration changes to network elements by                configuration management it is suggested that the same
                                                              providing toolkits to automate the following administrative tasks of   may be taken as holistic way wherein configuration
                                                              effecting configuration changes to network elements like Capture       management specifications are defined in detailed
                                                              running & startup configuration, Upload configuration , Upload         instead of an individual point.
                                                              firmware , Write startup configuration. The system should be able
                                                              to clearly identify configuration changes as root cause of network     It is proposed that this clause either be deleted or
                                                              problems                                                               complete configuration management specifications are
                                                                                                                                     included in the RFP
 575                                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
             IBM           84      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   ‐ The proposed fault management system should integrate with           The proposed clause recommends that the proposed
                                    Management Software       the performance management system using a synchronized                 tool has a single sign on capability. Please clarify?
                                            (EMS)             discovery and single sign‐on for operators / administrators            Is the single sign on capability restricted to fault
                                                              between them to enable unified Administration and ease of              management and performance pieces of the solution?
                                                              workflow                                                               Is the single sign on capability should be available for
                                                                                                                                     only EMS solution?
                                                                                                                                     Is the single sign on capability required holisticaly for all
                                                                                                                                     solution and applications within the MP IGRS system?


 576                                                                                                                                                                                                 Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Page 67 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             IBM           85      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed server performance management system shall              The intent of having single database and single console
                                    Management Software       integrate network performance management systems and provide         reveals that you are asking for a single module to
                                            (EMS)             the unified performance view in a single console. The current        monitor and manage both sevrers and network. This is
                                                              performance of the entire network and server infrastructure in the   favoring one specific vebdor/ OEM or to favoring vendors
                                                              XYZ shall be visible in an integrated console and all collected      those generally monitor both servers and networks via
                                                              performance information both for server and network devices must     single tool using SNMP which may not be the case with
                                                              be stored in same database instance.                                 other vendors; although without this also the monitoring
                                                                                                                                   & managing capability/ expectation can be met.
                                                                                                                                   Our submission is to relax single dcatabase
                                                                                                                                   requirement. Please rephrase the clause as "The
                                                                                                                                   proposed server performance management system shall
                                                                                                                                   integrate network performance management systems
                                                                                                                                   and provide the unified performance view in a single
                                                                                                                                   console. The current performance of the entire network
                                                                                                                                   and server infrastructure in the XYZ shall be visible in an
                                                                                                                                   integrated console"
 577                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           86      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed tool should detect threshold violations in real‐time,   Many OEM's do not perform server monitoring via SNMP
                                    Management Software       sending an SNMP standard trap to the existing network                so please rephrase SNMP standard trap to "SNMP trap/
                                            (EMS)             management system at XYZ and automatically fix problems              Native Standard trap" i.e. The proposed tool should
                                                              according to pre‐specified instructions.                             detect threshold violations in real‐time,
                                                                                                                                   sending an SNMP/ native standard trap to the existing
                                                                                                                                   network management system at XYZ and automatically
                                                                                                                                   fix problems according to pre‐specified instructions.




 578                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           86      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed solution should provide quick At‐a‐Glance reports       This clause mentions about hardware/software
                                    Management Software       on systems and applications, disk and file system statistics,        inventory. Is Inventory mangement is a requirement as
                                            (EMS)             hardware/software inventories and more. The tool should be able      part of this RFP. Please clarify.
                                                              to identify CPU hogs, and detect memory‐leaking processes and
                                                              I/O bottlenecks before they bring down the server.




 579                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             IBM           88      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed helpdesk knowledge tools solution must provide       Please rephrase the clause as "The proposed helpdesk
                                    Management Software       grouping access on different security knowledge articles for      solution must provide grouping access for different
                                            (EMS)             different group of users.                                         applications/ areas of service desk application restricting
                                                                                                                                user's access to service desk applications as per their
 580                                                                                                                            role."                                                      Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           89      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed helpdesk solution must have an integrated CMDB Our submission is to remove "CMDB should have more
                                    Management Software       for better configuration management & change management           then 50 CI families, 140 CI Classes and 70 CI
                                            (EMS)             process. CMDB should have more then 50 CI families, 140 CI        Relationship Types out of the box." most OEM's
                                                              Classes and 70 CI Relationship Types out of the box. Both Service provides ITIL certified CMDB module which is certified
                                                              Desk & CMDB should have same login window.                        only once the criteria as per the ITIL standards is met.
                                                                                                                                Request you to ask for an ITIL certified CMDB and
                                                                                                                                rephrase the clause as "The proposed helpdesk solution
                                                                                                                                must have an integrated CMDB for better configuration
                                                                                                                                management & change management process. Both
                                                                                                                                Service Desk & CMDB should have same login window."
 581                                                                                                                                                                                        Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 68 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                  Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             IBM           90      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed desktop management system should provide single Primary objective of the remote control is to take remote
                                    Management Software       integrated agent for asset management, remote software delivery control of end user desktop/ server and troubleshoot.
                                            (EMS)             and remote desktop control.                                     Remote control agent should be separate from asset
                                                                                                                              management and software delivery agent reason being
                                                                                                                              if it's a single agent on remote desktops and if itself dies
                                                                                                                              along with asset management, software delivery agent
                                                                                                                              you cannot even take the control to troubleshoot asset
                                                                                                                              management and software delivery issues. Please
                                                                                                                              change the clause to "The proposed desktop
                                                                                                                              management system should provide integrated agent for
                                                                                                                              asset management & software delivery. It should also
                                                                                                                              provide remote desktop control via remote control agent.


 582                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           91      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed Asset Management solution must support Software       As preventing an application from launching might hit
                                    Management Software       metering to audit and control software usage where launching of    the business/ application priorities and may lead to
                                            (EMS)             an application can be prevented based on centrally configured      degradation of customer services and affect SLAs,
                                                              number of licenses for an application.                             please rephrase the clause as "The proposed Asset
                                                                                                                                 Management solution must support Software metering
                                                                                                                                 to audit and help control software usage"

 583                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           91      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   It should support deployment of MSI based packages using drag      Please rephrase the clause as "It should support
                                    Management Software       and drop method.                                                   deployment of MSI based packages." Functionality is
                                            (EMS)                                                                                important rather than a method that propreitory to a
                                                                                                                                 vendor.
 584                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           91      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   It should include a Software packager for creating software        There are even more methods available for packaging
                                    Management Software       packages to be delivered to end‐user desktops which uses a         and multiple OEM's provide various methods to
                                            (EMS)             snap‐shot technology.                                              package. Please rephrase the clause as "It should
                                                                                                                                 include a Software packager for creating software
                                                                                                                                 packages to be delivered to end‐user desktops"

 585                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           91      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   It should allow host enabled recording which allows the end user   Session recording is a feature that is useful for the
                                    Management Software       to initiate a recording session.                                   administrators/ controllers that can be used for training
                                            (EMS)                                                                                or audit purposes instead of an end user. Please
                                                                                                                                 rephrase the clause as "It should allow host enabled
                                                                                                                                 recording which allows controller to initiate a recording
                                                                                                                                 session."
 586                                                                                                                                                                                          Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           91      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   It should have the ability to convert the recorded sessions in     This clause is favouring one specific vendor. Please
                                    Management Software       AVI/WMA format so it can be replayed using commonly available      rephrase the clause as "Proposed remote control tool
                                            (EMS)             Windows media player.                                              should provide session recoding capability and should
                                                                                                                                 provide the ability to export the recodings for later
                                                                                                                                 playback" or remove this clause.
 587                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   It should support Seamless integration with management             Please remove this clause as this is favoring one specific
                                    Management Software       applications such as helpdesk, asset management and Software       vendor/ OEM in terms of integration with software
                                            (EMS)             delivery.                                                          delivery and asset management. Also it has been
                                                                                                                                 already asked in service desk that service desk tool
                                                                                                                                 should provide remote control capabilities to service
                                                                                                                                 desk analysts.
 588                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 69 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   It should provide facility for encrypting the authentication traffic   All OEMs use industry standard encryption algorithms.
                                    Management Software       and support AES 256.                                                   Objective is to have secure authenticication and
                                            (EMS)                                                                                    communication via encryption.
                                                                                                                                     Please rephrase the clause as "It should provide facility
                                                                                                                                     for encrypting the authentication traffic and full
                                                                                                                                     datastream encryption for all communications and file
                                                                                                                                     transfers between controllers and targets."
 589                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed network fault management system should integrate          As per ITIL guidelines for Asset and service
                                    Management Software       with the helpdesk system by updating the Asset with CI                 Maangement; to have a better control asset creation
                                            (EMS)             information to support viewing history or open issues in helpdesk      process should be approval based. An asset should
                                                              on the particular managed asset and associate an SLA to the            only be created in Asset database post successful
                                                              ticket in the helpdesk. The proposed network fault management          receipt of the asset and once it moves into production
                                                              system should attach an asset identifier when submitting a             then only it should be created as an operational asset
                                                              helpdesk ticket. In case the asset is not found in                     following a formal change management
                                                              the helpdesk database, it should be automatically created prior to     process.Automatic creation of assets via alers is not a
                                                              submitting the ticket.NMS console must show associated                 standard and recommended practice. This will lead to
                                                              helpdesk ticket number for the alarms that generated those             uncontrolled changes to asset management database
                                                              tickets.                                                               and will affect integrity of asset database.

                                                                                                                                     Our submission is to rephrase the clause as "The
                                                                                                                                     proposed network fault management system should
                                                                                                                                     integrate with the helpdesk system by updating the
                                                                                                                                     Asset with CI information to support viewing history or
                                                                                                                                     open issues in helpdesk on the particular managed
                                                                                                                                     asset and associate an SLA to the ticket in the helpdesk.
                                                                                                                                     The proposed network fault management system should
                                                                                                                                     attach an asset identifier when submitting a helpdesk
                                                                                                                                     ticket. In case the asset is not found in the helpdesk
                                                                                                                                     database, it should be created via change management
                                                                                                                                     or IMAC process.NMS console must show associated
                                                                                                                                     helpdesk ticket number for the alarms that generated
                                                                                                                                     those tickets.

 590                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   Performance Threshold profiles for monitoring server and network The intent of having single configuration screen for
                                    Management Software       performance must be deployed from a single centralized console network and server management reveals that you are
                                            (EMS)             of network performance monitoring solution.                      asking for a single module to monitor and manage both
                                                                                                                               sevrers and network. This is favoring one specific
                                                                                                                               vebdor/ OEM or favoring vendors those generally
                                                                                                                               monitor both servers and networks via single tool using
                                                                                                                               SNMP which may not be the case with other vendors;
                                                                                                                               although without this also the monitoring & managing
                                                                                                                               capability/ expectation can be met.
                                                                                                                               Please remove this clause.

 591                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed Fault Management Solution must integrate with             Second half of this clause is pointing to the same
                                    Management Software       proposed Server Monitoring Solution to provide Consolidated            requirement that been specified in above clause i.e. to
                                            (EMS)             Alarm view from Single console. Monitored Server should be             have a single configuration window for server and
                                                              configured from Network fault manager console itself in order to       network monitoring solution. Please rephrase the clause
                                                              monitor metrics like memory, CPU etc.                                  as "The proposed Fault Management Solution must
                                                                                                                                     integrate with proposed Server Monitoring Solution to
                                                                                                                                     provide Consolidated Alarm view from Single console."

 592                                                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 70 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                 Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed fault management system should integrate with the        The proposed clause recommends that the proposed
                                    Management Software       performance management system using a synchronized discovery          tool has a single sign on capability. Please clarify?
                                            (EMS)             and single sign‐on for operators / administrators between them to     Is the single sign on capability restricted to fault
                                                              enable unified Administration and ease of workflow                    management and performance pieces of the solution?
                                                                                                                                    Is the single sign on capability should be available for
                                                                                                                                    only EMS solution?
                                                                                                                                    Is the single sign on capability required holisticaly for all
                                                                                                                                    solution and applications within the MP IGRS system?




 593                                                                                                                                                                                                Please refer modified specifications
             IBM           92      Item No. 34 – Enterprise   The proposed Helpdesk and Desktop Management must support Please remove this clause as this is favoring is one
                                    Management Software       deployment method t use same database server, database name specific vendor/ OEM. This could also be a single point
                                            (EMS)             & database instance for integration.                        of failure as desktop management and service desk
                                                                                                                          would be using same database.
                                                                                                                          Objective is to have a solution that should meet the
                                                                                                                          requirements and should be scalable which can be met
                                                                                                                          even by not having a single database for helpdesk and
                                                                                                                          desktop management solution.
 594                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          92       Log Management and                                                                              Please define the strength of this threat intelligence
                                     Correlation Solution                                                                           database like it should include over 10000 entries for
                                                                                                                                    vulnerabilities, over 5000 entries for malicious codes and
                                                                                                                                    over 250000 entries of malicious botnet IPs worldwide so
                                                                                                                                    that it is easy to correlate internal security incident in MP
                                                                                                                                    IGRS data centre with this THREAT database for quick
                                                                                                                                    identification and remediation.
 595                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
           Symantec        93                                 The solution should have a Intelligence                               Please include the strength of this threat
                                                              Network feed which will highlight                                     intelligence database also . for example it
                                                              rogue/malicious IPs across the world &                                should include over 10000 enteries for
                                                              should have the ability to explain why the IP                         vulnerabilities , over 5000 enteries for
                                                              is malicious and when it was added to the                             malacious codes and over 250000 entries
                                                              list. The solution should proactively protect                         of malacious botnet IPs worldwide so that
                                                              and respond to fast moving and                                        it is easy to correlate internal security
                                                              sophisticated security threats with the                               incident in MP IGRS data centre with this
                                                              latest threat and                                                     THREAT database for quick identification
                                      Log Management          vulnerability information by dynamically                              and remediation.
                                       and Correlation        correlating internal security events with
 596                                       Solution           malicious activity from around the globe                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
             TCS           93       Log Management and        The solution should have a Intelligence Network feed which will       You should include the strength of this threat
                                     Correlation Solution     highlight rogue/malicious IPs across the world & should have the      intelligence database also . for example it should
                                                              ability to explain why the IP is malicious and when it was added to   include over 10000 enteries for vulnerabilities , over
                                                              the list. The solution should proactively protect and respond to      5000 enteries for malacious codes and over 250000
                                                              fast moving and sophisticated security threats with the latest        enteries of malacious botnet IPs world wide so that it is
                                                              threat and                                                            easy to correlate internal security incident in MP IGRS
                                                              vulnerability information by dynamically correlating internal         data centre with this THREAT database for quick
                                                              security events with malicious activity from around the globe.        identification and remediation.
 597                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             HCL           93       Log Management and        The solution should have a Intelligence Network feed which will       Please define the strength of this threat intelligence
                                     Correlation Solution     highlight rogue/malicious IPs across the world & should have the      database like it should include over 10000 enteries for
                                                              ability to explain why the IP is malicious and when it was added to   vulnerabilities , over 5000 enteries for malacious codes
                                                              the list. The solution should proactively protect and respond to      and over 250000 enteries of malacious botnet IPs world
                                                              fast moving and sophisticated security threats with the latest        wide so that it is easy to correlate internal security
                                                              threat and                                                            incident in MP IGRS data centre with this THREAT
                                                              vulnerability information by dynamically correlating internal         database for quick identification and remediation.
                                                              security events with malicious activity from around the globe.
 598                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Page 71 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                 Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
            Wipro          93      Log Management and       vulnerability information by dynamically correlating internal Please define the strength of this threat intelligence
                                    Correlation Solution    security events with malicious activity from around the globe. database like it should include over 10000 entries for
                                                                                                                           vulnerabilities, over 5000 entries for malicious codes and
                                                                                                                           over 250000 entries of malicious botnet IPs worldwide so
                                                                                                                           that it is easy to correlate internal security incident in MP
                                                                                                                           IGRS data centre with this THREAT database for quick
                                                                                                                           identification and remediation.

 599                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           94           Item No 35          Should contain a group of ready‐to‐run protection policies for     Request to drop as it is supporting only one OEM.This is
                                           HIPS             standard applications and OS functions. These include Exchange, a propriety feature supporting one vendor.
                                                            IIS, and Postfix. The default policies should provide coverage for
                                                            all applications when installed on a system ‐ with minimal time

 600                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           94           Item No 35          Identifies and alerts on user activity, including user account        Request to drop as supporting only one OEM.
                                           HIPS             creation,deletion, and modification. As a part of ‘Policy             This is a propriety feature supporting one vendor. Policy
                                                            enforcement’, user rights can be de‐escalated by policy. Thus a       enforcement is not a standard Host Intrusion Prevention
                                                            user with “admin” rights may be downgraded to “user”, with fewer      feature.
                                                            rights
 601                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           94           Item No 35          Identifies and alerts on group activity, including group creation,    Request to drop as it is supporting only one OEM.This is
                                           HIPS             deletion, modification, membership changes, and privilege             a propriety feature supporting one vendor.
                                                            escalation.
 602                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96



                                   Item No.36-IVR system
 603                                (Hardware+Software)     Integration with other databases                                      Please provide the number of ports required for IVR         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96


                                   Item No.36-IVR system                                                                          Please provide the details of the Database and the
 604                                (Hardware+Software)     Embedded Speech recognition and text to speech                        interface offered by the databases                          No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96
                                   Item No.36-IVR system                                                                          Please provide the names of the languages required
 605                                (Hardware+Software)     Exclustion Management                                                 and the number of ports required for TTS functionality      No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96      Item No.36-IVR system
 606                                (Hardware+Software)     File I/O functions                                                    Please provide more details                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96      Item No.36-IVR system
 607                                (Hardware+Software)     Reuse of project names                                                Please provide more details                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96
                                   Item No.36-IVR system
 608                                (Hardware+Software)     Support for third party verification process                          Please provide more details                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96      Item No.36-IVR system
 609                                (Hardware+Software)     Transfer to ACD service,agent,external,Voicemail etc                  Please provide more details                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96
                                   Item No.36-IVR system                                                                          Please provide the details of the ACD and number of
 610                                (Hardware+Software)     Assynchronus play                                                     calls that will be transferred to ACD                       No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96      Item No.36-IVR system
 611                                (Hardware+Software)     Automated Attendant                                                   Please provide more details                                 No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          96
                                   Item No.36-IVR system                                                                          This is a feature of PBX. Please provide the exact
 612                                (Hardware+Software)                                                                           functional requirement                                    No change, as per RFP
             TCS           99       Section VII, Clause 3   The Bidders are expected to examine all instructions, forms,          Request that “forfeiture of Bid Security” be deleted from
                                                            terms, project requirements and other information in the Bid          this Clause as it is unreasonable. Further, all events
                                                            document. Failure to furnish any information required by the Bid      leading to forfeiture of Bid Security is elaborated under
                                                            or submission of a Bid not substantially responsive in every          Clause 9.3.
                                                            respect will be at the Bidder’s risk and may result in rejection of
                                                            the Bid and forfeiture of the Bid Security.
 613                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Page 72 of 92
S.No /                   RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                                Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                           No.            Section
 No.
             TCS           102      Section VII, Clause 7.3   The Bidder is required to quote their best prices, inclusive of all      Request that Service Tax and Value Added Taxes shall
                                                              taxes, levies, freight, forwarding, handling, insurance, inland          be payable by Competent Authority at actuals and shall
                                                              transportation, local costs etc incidental to the delivery of goods to   therefore not be included in the price quote. Further new
                                                              their final destination at all project sites and for its installation,   taxes or an increase in the rates of existing taxes shall
                                                              configuration, tuning, testing, integration, commissioning and           be to the account of Competent Authority.
                                                              maintenance charges for 60 months after “Go‐Live” and training of
 614                                                          personnel required.                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
            Wipro          103            Clause 7.6          The rates offered by the Bidder should be firm and free from all         Prices should be subject to any escalation arising on
                                                              escalations. Prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed during           account of changes in taxes and other statutory levies
                                                              Bidder’s performance of the Contract and shall not be subject to         applicable. It is desirable to have a linkage to exchange
                                                              variation on any account. A Bid submitted with a price adjustment        rate so that any cost escalation arising out of ERF is
                                                              / variation provision will be treated as non‐responsive and              absorbed by the customer.
                                                              rejected, pursuant to Clause of Preliminary examination
 615                                                          mentioned in this bid document.                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                                       In case of Consortium, the financial criteria shall have to
                                                              In case of Consortium, the financial criteria shall have to be
                                                                                                                                       be fulfilled only by the lead partner/ bidder and the
          Vakrangee        104               8.5              fulfilled only by the lead partner/ bidder and the technical criteria
                                                                                                                                       technical criteria can be fulfilled by any member of the
                                                              can be fulfilled by all the members of the consortium jointly.
                                                                                                                                       consortium.
 616                                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP

                                                              Any Member of consortium cannot bid separately as a sole bidder.
                                                              The bidder/ all consortium partners must have Company
                                                              registration certificate, Registration under labour laws & contract      For Registration under labour laws & contract act. copy's
                                                              act, valid VAT/ Sales Tax Registration Certificate, valid Service Tax    of Employees Providend Fund (EPF) and Employee's
          Vakrangee        104               8.7
                                                              Registration Certificate and Income Tax Return with Audit Report         state insurance corporation (ESIC) Registration Form
                                                              from CA. Bidder shall provide an attested copy of all the above          can be attach as a proof.
                                                              mentioned certificates along with this bid document. The bidder
                                                              shall attach the Sales Tax clearance certificate of last year.
 617                                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP


                                                                                                                                 The bidder/ consortium must be possessing valid ISO
                                                              The bidder/ consortium must be possessing valid ISO 9001:2000
                                                                                                                                 9001:2000 or ISO 9001:2008 certification. The copy of
          Vakrangee        104               8.1              certification. The copy of the same should be submitted along with
                                                                                                                                 the same should be submitted along with the Technical
                                                              the Technical bid.
                                                                                                                                 bid.
 618                                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                                       1. EMD specified by you is 1% i.e., 75 lakhs. On this
                                                                                                                                       basis the total project cost should be 75 crores. This is
                                                              The bidder / lead partner must have annual turnover from IT              to be implemented in five years. Therefore the annual
                                                              related services averaged over the last three financial years, more      billing will be 15 crores per annum. Considering this, the
                                                              than Indian Rs.100 Crores (Rupees One Hundred Crores) with an            requirement in the tender for 100 crores is not justified.
                                                              average annual turnover from software development, FMS &
         Tera Software     104               8.12
                                                              WAN services alone of Rs.50 Crores (Rupees Fifty Crores) over            2.FMS & VAN: put together will not be more than 20% of
                                                              the past three years. Copies of balance sheets / profit & Loss           the project cost. Here FMS 10% and VAN 10%. These
                                                              Accounts / Annual Reports of last three financial years (up to           two put together out of 70 crores should be 15 crores.
                                                              31‐Mar‐2010) should be enclosed.                                         Maximum if you are asking even 20 crores in the last
                                                                                                                                       three years is good enough and adequate.

 619                                                                                                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 73 of 92
S.No /                   RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                            Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                           No.         Section
 No.
                                                      The Bidder / Consortium partner must have good understanding
                                                        of Government Domain. The bidder / Consortium partner must
                                                                                                                            In the country there are hardly 4 states only which have
                                                           have successfully completed at least two assignments of
                                                                                                                            computerized and automized online IGRS services.
                                                        providing similar services to Government organization / PSU’s.
                                                                                                                            Asking for a similar experience would be good enough
                                                      The value of each of the assignment on turn-key basis should
                                                                                                                            and also asking for two projects of 15 crores of the same
                                                        be at least Rs.15 Crores (Rupees Fifteen Crores). Copy of
                                                                                                                            project is right method where as asking for similar
                                                          work order with C. A. audit certificate must be submitted in
         Tera Software     104           8.13                                                                               services does not justified. Therefore, our request is to
                                                       support. Bidder / Consortium partner should have successfully
                                                                                                                            kindly ask for similar project of online IGRS automation
                                                             completed such said services to any Government
                                                                                                                            system.
                                                          organization / public sector companies at 50 or more
                                                         locations. The bidder should attach copies of the customer
                                                           purchase orders / contracts which should indicate the
                                                          deliverables, completion certificates and the scope of
 620                                                                         relevant assignments.                                                                                       No change, as per RFP

                                                      In case of Consortium, the financial criteria                         As per criteria no. 8.3, In case of consortium it
                                                      shall have to be fulfilled only by the lead                           will be responsibility to all the bidders to
         Silver Touch
                           104            8.5         partner/ bidder and the technical criteria                            complete the project jointly. As per that we
         Technologies
                                                      can be fulfilled by all the members of the                            request you to those Financial criteria should be
                                                      consortium jointly                                                    fulfilled by any or all the members of consortium Jointly.
 621                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP

                                                      The bidder/ lead partner must have annual turnover from IT
                                                      related services averaged
                                                      over the last three financial years, more than Indian Rs. 100
                                                      Crores (Rupees One
                                                      Hundred Crores) with an average annual turnover from software         Our request on turnover would be, Total of last
         Silver Touch                                 development, FMS                                                      three years turnover should be more than 100
                           104           8.12
         Technologies                                 & WAN services alone of Rs. 50 Crores(Rupees Fifty Crores) over       Crore with avg. turn over from Software, FMS
                                                      the past three                                                        and WAN services alone of Rs. 10 Crores.
                                                      years. Certified audited copies of balance sheets/profit & Loss
                                                      Accounts/ Annual
                                                      Reports of last three financial years (up to 31-Mar-2010) should be
                                                      enclosed.
 622                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP


                                                      The Bidder/ Consortium partner must have good understanding of
                                                      Government Domain.The bidder/ Consortium partner must have
                                                      successfully completed at least
                                                                                                                            Our request : Consortium partner must have
                                                      two assignments of providing similar services to Government
                                                                                                                            successfully completed at least
                                                      organization/ PSU’s.
                                                                                                                            Five assignments of providing similar services to
                                                      The value of each of the assignment on turn-key basis should be
                                                                                                                            Government organization/ PSU’s. The total
         Silver Touch                                 at least Rs. 15
                           104           8.13                                                                               value of these assignment on turn-key basis
         Technologies                                 Crores (Rupees Fifteen Crores). Bidder/Consortium partner
                                                                                                                            should be at least Rs. 10 Crores.
                                                      should have
                                                                                                                            Bidder/Consortium Partner should have
                                                      successfully completed such said services to any Government
                                                                                                                            successfully completed or in continuation of
                                                      organization/ public sector Companies at 50 or more locations.
                                                                                                                            services at more than 25 locations.
                                                      The bidder should attach copies of the customer purchase orders
                                                      / contracts which should indicate the deliverables and the scope
                                                      along with the completion certificates of relevant assignments
 623                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                            We request you to remove this clause, since this
                                                                                                                            is very much turnkey project and maximum part
                                                                                                                            of this will be of Services and Hardware
         Silver Touch
                           104           8.14         Networking/WAN Related Clause                                         Infrastructure. This clause could be used by
         Technologies
                                                                                                                            most of the Telecommunication companies and
                                                                                                                            Pure Networking companies, which may not
                                                                                                                            have relevant experience of your project
 624                                                                                                                                                                                     No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                      Page 74 of 92
S.No /                   RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                           Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                           No.         Section
 No.
                                                      The Bidder/ Consortium partner must have good understanding of
                                                      Government
                                                      Domain. The bidder/ Consortium partner must have successfully
                                                                                                                             As per the clause required such said services completed
                                                      completed at least
                                                                                                                             at 50 or more location. More than 50 locations has
                                                      two assignments of providing similar services to Government
                                                                                                                             already been covered in clause no. 8.14 as an
                                                      organization/ PSU’s. The
                                                                                                                             experience of setting up of Enterprises WAN, which is
            Trimax         104      Clause No. 8.13   value of each of the assignment on turn‐key basis should be at
                                                                                                                             also an IT Infrastructure. So, SITC of IT Infrastructure on
                                                      least Rs. 15 Crores
                                                                                                                             BOOT/BOT/Turnkey basis, single order of Rs. 15 Crores
                                                      (Rupees Fifteen Crores). Bidder/Consortium partner should have
                                                                                                                             of similar services with 100 or more locations shows the
                                                      successfully
                                                                                                                             experience and capability of the bidder.
                                                      completed such said services to any Government organization/
                                                      public sector
 625                                                  companies at 50 or more locations                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                             Biddere should have CMMI Level 5 along with iso
                                                                                                                             certification




 626                       104            8.1         Eligibility Details                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
                                                      The Bidder (In case of Consortium, any one of the member of the
                                                      Consortium) should be established, reputed and reliable
                                                      Organization in the field of setting up of Enterprise Wide Area
                                                                                                                             In a large project like Maharashtra, Karnataka, the
                                                      Networks with a minimum of 100 PoPs supporting data and voice
                                                                                                                             number of PoPs didn’t exceed more than 48 Nos. asking
                                                      and should have implemented minimum two similar Networks in
                                                                                                                             for a minimum 100 would not be in line with the number
                                                      India in last Five financial years where the cost of each project is
         Tera Software     105           8.14                                                                                of pops in actual practice that is needed. Therefore, we
                                                      minimum of Rs. 5 Crores (Rupees Five Crores). The Bidder
                                                                                                                             request you to kindly restrict to minimum 50 pops
                                                      should attach relevant attested copies of the customer purchase
                                                                                                                             implemented in or or two locations and the finance
                                                      orders / contracts, scope of work, deliverables and completion
                                                                                                                             should not be more than 5 crores.
                                                      certificate which should indicate the deliverables and scope of
                                                      work. Any in-house projects done shall not be considered for
 627                                                  above                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                             Bank Guarantee is also similar as Demand Draft
            Trimax         105       Clause No. 9     Bid Security in form of Demand Draft                                   because if any bidder fails to fulfill their commitment the
                                                                                                                             same can be forfeited immediately




 628                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             TCS           105       Point no 12.2    Can bidder submit Bank guarantee or Demand draft as a bid              It is suggested have Bank guarantee or Demand draft
                                                      security amount?                                                       both as an option for submitting bid security of Rs 75
                                                                                                                             lacs.
 629                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 75 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
             TCS

                                                                                                                    It is suggested to have Bank guarantee or Demand draft
                                                     Can bidder submit Bank guarantee or Demand draft as a bid both as an option for submitting bid security of Rs 75
 630                      105       Clause no 9.2    security amount?                                               lacs.                                                  No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         105        Clause 9.1      The Bidder shall furnish as part of its Bid, a Bid security of Can the bid security be in the form of bank guarantee
                                                     Rupees Seventy Five Lakhs only, by way of Demand Draft.
 631                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         106        Clause 10.2     The Competent Authority may solicit the Bidder's consent to an The maximum bid validity extension period which a
                                                     extension of the period of Bid validity. The request and the bidder can request for and competent authority can
                                                     responses thereto shall be made in writing (or by fax, followed by solicit such request should be explicit.
                                                     signed confirmation copy). The Bid security provided shall also be
                                                     suitably extended. A Bidder may refuse the request without
                                                     forfeiting its Bid security. A Bidder granting the request will neither
                                                     be required nor permitted to modify its Bid.
 632                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                            The Bidder/ Consortium partner must have good
                                                                                                                            understanding of Government Domain. The bidder/
                                                     The Bidder/ Consortium partner must have good understanding of         Consortium partner must have successfully completed
                                                     Government Domain. The bidder/ Consortium partner must have            at least two
                                                     successfully completed at least two                                    assignments of providing similar services to Government
                                                     assignments of providing similar services to Government                organization/ PSU’s. The value of each of the
                                                     organization/ PSU’s. The value of each of the assignment on            assignment on turn‐key basis should be at least Rs. 10
                                                     turn‐key basis should be at least Rs. 15 Crores (Rupees                Crores (Rupees
                                                     Twenty Five Crores). Copy of work order with C. A. audit certificate   Ten Crores). Copy of work order with C. A. audit
          VyamTech        113            11                                                                                                                                         As per RFP, Please read it as Rs. 15 crores
                                                     must be submitted in support. Bidder/Consortium partner should         certificate must be submitted in support.
                                                     have successfully completed such said                                  Bidder/Consortium partner should have successfully
                                                     services to any Government organization/ public sector companies       completed such said
                                                     at 50 or more locations. The bidder should attach copies of the        services to any Government organization/ public sector
                                                     customer purchase orders / contracts                                   companies at 50 or more locations. The bidder should
                                                     which should indicate the deliverables,completion certificates and     attach copies of the customer purchase orders /
                                                     the scope of relevant assignments.                                     contracts
                                                                                                                            which should indicate the deliverables,completion
                                                                                                                            certificates and the scope of relevant assignments.
 633
          VyamTech                                                                                                                                                                     Please refer modified clause
                                                     The Bidder/ Consortium partners should be a
                                                     National/ International Level IT/Network
                                                     Solution Provider/SI in operation for the last                         Here it is asked for last 3 years ending 31st March 2010
                                                     Five Years as on 31‐Mar‐2010 in successful                             whereas in annexure form-3 point no.11 , 2008-09 is
                                                     development/SystemIntegration/customization                            mentioned as last FY.Please Clarify
                                                     & implementation of large IT based
                                                     information processing and management
 634                      113            9           systems and solutions.
            Airtel


                                                     The bidder/ lead partner must have annual turnover from IT
                                                     related services averaged over the last three financial years, more
                                                     than Indian Rs. 100 Crores (Rupees One Hundred Crores) with an
                                                     average annual turnover from software development, FMS & WAN
                                                     services alone of Rs. 50 Crores (Rupees Fifty Crores) over the
                                                     past three years. Copies of balance sheets/profit & Loss Accounts/ "with an average annual turnover from software
                                                     Annual Reports of last three financial years (up to 31‐Mar‐ 2010) development/FMS/WAN services alone of Rs. 50 Crores
 635                      113            10          should be enclosed.                                                 (Rupees Fifty Crores) over the past three years." No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Page 76 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                          Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
            Airtel

                                                     The bidder/ Consortium partner must have successfully
                                                     completed at least two assignments of providing similar services to
                                                     Government organization/ PSU’s. The value of each of the                                                                          As per RFP, Please read it as Rs. 15 crores
                                                     assignment on turn‐key basis should be at least Rs. 15 Crores
                                                     (Rupees Twenty Five Crores). Copy of work order with CA audit
                                                     certificates, purchase orders, completion certificates and other
 636                      113            11          relevant documents be enclosed.                                     is it 15 cr or 25 cr.
            Airtel
                                                     The bidder/ lead partner must have annual turnover from IT
                                                     related services averaged over the last three financial years, more
                                                     than Indian Rs. 100 Crores (Rupees One Hundred Crores) with an        Since the major component of this RFP is related to
                                                     average annual turnover from software development, FMS & WAN          Network Integration and WAN connectivity, bidders
                                                     services alone of Rs. 50 Crores (Rupees Fifty Crores) over the        having experience in these domains should be given an
                                                     past three years. Copies of balance sheets/profit & Loss Accounts/    equal opportunity to participate. The clause should not
                                                     Annual Reports of last three financial years (up to 31 Mar 2010)      include any IT services as it will allow small time
 637                      113            10          should be enclosed.                                                   computer resellers eligible to bid.                     No change, as per RFP
             HCL
                                                                                                                       As the primary responsibility of submitting the bid and
                                                     The bidder/ consortium partner must be possessing valid ISO
                                                                                                                       successful implementation of the project lies with the
                                                     9001:2000 certification. The copy of the same should be submitted
                                                                                                                       Prime Bidder, the criteria should be complied by the
                                                     along with the Technical bid.
                                                                                                                       prime bidder only.

 638                      113            8                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HCL
                                                     The bidder / lead partner must have annual turnover from IT
                                                     related services averaged over the last three financial years, more
                                                     than Indian Rs. 100 Crores (Rupees One Hundred Crores) with an        incase if the same is not discreetly mentioned in the
                                                     average annual turnover from software development, FMS & WAN          Annual Report / Profit & Loss statement, can the Bidder
                                                     services alone of Rs. 50 Crores (Rupees Fifty Crores) over the        give an undertaking / Letter mentioning the same signed
                                                     past three years. Copies of balance sheets/profit & Loss Accounts/    by the CA.
                                                     Annual Reports of last three financial years (up to 31‐Mar‐ 2010)
                                                     should be enclosed.
 639                      113            10                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP

                                                     The Bidder / Consortium partner must have good understanding
                                                     of Government Domain. The bidder/ Consortium partner must
                                                     have successfully completed at least two assignments of
                                                     providing similar services to Government organization / PSU’s.
                                                     The value of each of the assignment on turn‐key basis should be
                                                     at least Rs. 15 Crores (Rupees Twenty Five Crores). Copy of work Request the authority to eliminate the WAN requirement
                                                     order with C. A. audit certificate must be submitted in support.    clause as is applicable to the ISP's and restricts the SI's
                                                     Bidder/Consortium partner should have successfully completed        from participation
                                                     such said services to any Government organization/ public sector
                                                     companies at 50 or more locations. The bidder should attach
                                                     copies of the customer purchase orders / contracts which should
                                                     indicate the deliverables, completion certificates and the scope of
                                                     relevant assignments.
 640                      113            11                                                                                                                                            No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                     Page 77 of 92
S.No /                   RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                           Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                           No.         Section
 No.
             HCL
                                                      The Bidder (In case of Consortium, any one of the member of the
                                                      Consortium) should be established, reputed and reliable
                                                      Organization in the field of setting up of Enterprise Wide Area
                                                                                                                             Request the authority to explain Why is Voice required in
                                                      Networks with a minimum of 100 PoPs supporting data and voice
                                                                                                                             WAN? does it mean carrying voice traffic between
                                                      and should have implemented minimum two similar Networks in
                                                                                                                             locations as data packets (or) does it mean providing
                                                      India in last Five financial years where the cost of each project is
                                                                                                                             data connections or fixed voice lines also. Also request
                                                      minimum of Rs. 5 Crores (Rupees Five Crores). The Bidder
                                                                                                                             the authority to remove the number of POP's and voice
                                                      should attach relevant attested copies of the customer purchase
                                                                                                                             packets as it is applicable to the ISP's and restricts the
                                                      orders / contracts, scope of work, deliverables and completion
                                                                                                                             SI's from participation
                                                      certificate which
                                                      should indicate the deliverables and scope of work. Any in‐house
                                                      projects done shall not be considered for above.
 641                       113            12                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             HCL


                                                      The LEAD PARTNER must give acceptance that he will open a
                                                                                                                             Does the Bidder need to provide the undertaking inspite
                                                      nodal office in MP & all the billing will be processed against MP
                                                                                                                             of having an office in the State of MP & in Bhopal.
                                                      CST number.


 642                       113            25                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech

                                                      The Bidder (In case of Consortium, any one of                          The Bidder (In case of Consortium, any one of
                                                      the member of the Consortium) should be                                the member of the Consortium) should be
                                                      established, reputed and reliable Organization                         established, reputed and reliable Organization
                                                      in the field of setting up of Enterprise Wide                          in the field of setting up of Enterprise Wide
                                                      Area Networks with a minimum of 100 PoPs                               Area Networks with a minimum of 50 PoPs
                                                      supporting data and voice and should have                              supporting data and voice and should have
                                                      implemented minimum two similar Networks                               implemented minimum two similar Networks
                                                      in India in last Five financial years where the                        in India in last Five financial years where the
                                                      cost of each project is minimum of Rs. 5 Crores                        cost of each project is minimum of Rs. 5 Crores
                                                      (Rupees Five Crores). The Bidder should attach                         (Rupees Five Crores). The Bidder should attach
                                                      relevant attested copies of the customer                               relevant attested copies of the customer
                                                      purchase orders / contracts, scope of work,                            purchase orders / contracts, scope of work,
                                                      deliverables and completion certificate which                          deliverables and completion certificate which
                                                      should indicate the deliverables and scope of                          should indicate the deliverables and scope of
                                                      work. Any in‐house projects done shall not be                          work. Any in‐house projects done shall not be
 643                       114            12          considered for above.                                                  considered for above.                                         No change, as per RFP


                                                      The Bidder shall furnish as part of its Bid, a Bid security of
                                                      Rupees Seventy Five Lakhs only, by way of Demand Draft. The
                                                      demand draft shall be in favour of Accounts Officer, Office of the     Instead of Demand Draft of 75 lakhs, we request you to
                                                      Inspector General of Registration and Superintendent of Stamps,        kindly accept Bank Guarantee of 75 lakhs since the time
         Tera Software     117            9.1         M.P., Bhopal, payable at Bhopal, issued by a Nationalized Bank.        duration for order finalization will be quite a long period
                                                      Bid Security in any other form shall not be entertained. The Bid       of time and the Bank Guarantee also will be valid till the
                                                      Security shall be Security shall be enclosed with the                  validity of the offer.
                                                      Pre‐Qualification Form (Annexure‐4).


 644                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
                                                      A1.1 - Value of WAN projects implemented or under
                                                      implementation (supply, implementation and maintenance)                Kindly amend the Criteria as 2 Projects of 25 crores for
         Tera Software     117           18.4
                                                                                                                             maximum Marks
 645                                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 78 of 92
S.No /                   RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                           Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                           No.         Section
 No.


                                                                                                                          Kindly amend the Criteria as Experience of 5 Years for
         Tera Software     117           18.4         A1.2 WAN Experience in Number of Years
                                                                                                                          maximum Marks

 646                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                          Kindly amend the criteria as Experience in Data Centre,
                                                      A2.1 Data Centre, and Wide Area Network Deployment and
                                                                                                                          and Wide Area Network Deployment and
                                                      Implementation (All Completed Projects with each having at least
                                                                                                                          Implementation (All Completed / On- Going Projects
         Tera Software     117           18.4         100
                                                                                                                          with each having at least 50 nodes in Maximum of 2
                                                      nodes for the last 3 years would be considered
                                                                                                                          Projects for the last 3 years would be considered for
                                                                                                                          Maximum Marks).
 647                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
                                                                                                                         1. EMD specified by you is 1% i.e., 75 lakhs. On this
                                                      A2.4 The Bidder having Rs 500 Crores or more average turnover
                                                                                                                         basis the total project cost should be 75 crores. This is
         Tera Software     117           18.4         in last three years, in System Integration and facility management
                                                                                                                         to be implemented in five years. Therefore the annual
                                                      services
 648                                                                                                                     billing will be 15 crores per annum. Considering this, the No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                          WAN Project Size should be considered of Minimum
                                                      Value of WAN projects implemented or under implementation           Value of 5 Crore & Marks should be allocated
                                                      implemented or under implementation (supply,implementation          accordingly for each project
 649                       117           A1.1         and maintenance)                                                                                                              No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                          Data Centre, and Wide Area Network Deployment and
                                                                                                                          Implementation (All implemented & under
                                                      Data Centre, and Wide Area Network Deployment and                   implementation Projects with each having at least 50
                                                      Implementation (All Completed Projects with each having at least    nodes for the last 5 years would be considered)
 650                       117           A2.1         100 nodes for the last 3 years would be considered.                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             HCL


                                                      Data Centre, and Wide Area Network Deployment and
                                                                                                                          To ensure that all the bidders are on a common
                                                      Implementation (All Completed
                                                                                                                          platform, Requst the authority to accept ongoing
                                                      Projects with each having at least 100 nodes for the last 3 years
                                                                                                                          projects also without any cap on the years.
                                                      would be considered).


 651                       117           A2.1                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP

                                                                                                                          Kindly amend the Criteria as Experience of 2 Years for
         Tera Software     118           18.4         A3 : Experience in dealing with BSNL
                                                                                                                          maximum Marks
 652                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP

                                                      A4 : Relevant Quality Certifications -
                                                                                                                          Kindly amend the Criteria as any one Quality
         Tera Software     118           18.4         Internationally accepted and renowned quality certifications
                                                                                                                          Certification for maximum Marks
 653                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                          Experience with BSNL is asked for , we suggest
                                                                                                                          experience with work with agencies equivalent to BSNL
                                                                                                                          may also be considered.
 654                       118           18.4         Evaluation A3                                                                                                                 No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                   Facility Management Experience and Methodology
                                                      Facility Management Experience and Methodology (WAN Projects (WAN Projects with over 50 nodes)
 655                       119            D           with over 100 nodes)                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                      Number of Facility Management Projects along with category type Number of Facility Management Projects along with
                                                      (Mission Critical, WAN, LAN, Security,Mailing, Internet, 24x7etc ) Category type (Mission Critical, WAN, LAN, Security,
                                                      other than the projects for which full implementation has been     Mailing, Internet, 24x7etc )
 656                       119            D1          done and marks marks have been awarded in Part A and B above.                                                                 No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 79 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page         RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                     Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                               Response by the Department
                          No.               Section
 No.
               HCL                                               Number of Facility Management Projects along with category type
                                                                                                                                     Request the authority to allow the bidder to submit
                                                                 (Mission Critical, WAN, LAN, Security, Mailing, Internet, 24x7etc )
                                                                                                                                     references that are mentioned in Part A & B.
 657                      119                   D.1              other than the projects for which full                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
               TCS                                                                                                                   we suggest QCBS with 70 % weightage to tech & 30%
 658                      120                  18.6.4            Commercial bid opening - ranking of bidder                          for comm                                                       No change, as per RFP
         TCS                    123 Section VII, Clause 29.2     The Supplier/Bidder shall indemnify the state Govt. / Competent      Standard exclusions to indemnity for infringement of
                                                                 authority from all actions, cost, claims, demands, expenses and      third party intellectual property rights are missing. Need
                                                                 liabilities, what so ever, resulting from any actual or alleged      to insert provision for the same. Also need to insert a
                                                                 infringement as aforesaid and at the expenses of the supplier /      provision for Competent Authority to indemnify Vendor
                                                                 Bidder, the state Govt. / Competent authority shall be defended in   for Vendor’s use or access of the materials and systems
                                                                 the defense of any proceedings.                                      provided by Competent Authority.
 659                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
               TCS        124         Section VIII, Clause 1.1   Definitions: "Uptime" shall mean the time period for which the
                                                                 specified services / components with specified technical and
                                                                 service standards are available to the DRS. Uptime, in
                                                                 percentage, of any component (Non IT & IT) can be calculated as:
                                                                 Uptime = {1‐ [(Downtime) / (Total Time – Planned Maintenance
                                                                 Time)]} * 100
 660                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
               TCS        126         Section VIII, Clause 1.5   SLA Categories                                                       Request to insert provision to limit the overall cumulative
                                                                                                                                      penalty levied under this Agreement to 1% of the
                                                                                                                                      Contract Value.
 661                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
               Airtel
                                                                 Security and Incident Management - For every incidence of Denial It is not possible to ensure 100% prevention of DoS
                                               1.5.6
                                                                 of service attack                                                attacks.
 662                      130                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
               Airtel
                                                                                                                                      Dos attacks only induce service disruption in the
                                                                                                                                      network. As an incident of dos attack is recorded there
                                                                                                                                      should be a stipulated time within which the attack
                                                                 For every denial of service attack reported the penalty would be
                                               1.5.6                                                                                  should be mitigated and if the mitigation of the attack is
                                                                 5,00,000 INR
                                                                                                                                      not done within the timeframe then only the penalty
                                                                                                                                      should be applicable. Also the per incident penalty
                                                                                                                                      amount should be reduced.
 663                      130                                                                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
               TCS        132       Section VIII, Clause 1.6.1.9 Network Link and Network Availability shall not be considered        Request to insert a further provision that Network
                                                                 unavailable for reasons attributable to failure of applications,     Availability shall not be considered unavailable for
                                                                 equipment, or facilities that are: Acts of omissions or commission   reasons that are not attributable to acts or omissions of
                                                                 of Client, or any use or user of the Service by Client which are     Vendor.
                                                                 unauthorized under this Agreement, or Force Majeure events as
                                                                 defined hereafter in this document.
 664                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
               TCS        133        Section VIII, Clause 1.8.3 If for more than 10% of a particular equipment/component fault Request that Vendor shall not be liable for any risk
                                                                occurs for more than 3 times in a quarter, for which time taken to purchase or excess costs exceeding 10% of the contract
                                                                repair exceeds 3 days on average then entire lot of those Value.
                                                                equipment / component will have to be recalled by the vendor and
                                                                the entire lot will have to be replaced to the satisfaction of
                                                                competent authority by new equipment within 15 days of issue of
                                                                notice to that effect. If the equipment/component is not replaced in
                                                                the defined time limit then competent authority will be free to
                                                                purchase at the risk and cost of vendor and will replace them.
                                                                This will be without prejudice to any other action which may be
                                                                taken according to the other provisions of this contract.

 665                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
               TCS        136        Section VIII, Clause 11.1   The Competent Authority after consultation with the State Similar right of termination should be available to Vendor
                                                                 Government may, without prejudice to any other course of action, in the event of material breach of the terms of the
                                                                 for breach of contract, by written notice of 30 days to the Vendor, Contract by Competent Authority.
                                                                 terminate the agreement in whole or in part, if:
 666                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 80 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             TCS          136      Section VIII, Clause 11.2   In the event of the Competent Authority terminating the contract in Request that Vendor shall not be liable for any risk
                                                               whole or in part, pursuant to clause above, the Competent purchase or excess costs exceeding 10% of the contract
                                                               Authority may procure at Vendor’s risk and cost upon such terms Value.
                                                               and in such a manner as it deems appropriate, items or services
                                                               similar to those remaining undelivered. The Vendor shall be liable
                                                               to pay for any excess costs incurred by the Competent Authority
                                                               for such procurement at his risk and cost. However, the Vendor
                                                               shall continue with the performance of the contract to the extent
                                                               not terminated.

 667                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS          136      Section VIII, Clause 11.3   The Vendor shall stop the performance of the contract from the         Request to insert a provision to clarify that Competent
                                                               effective date of termination and hand over all the reports studies    Authority shall be liable to make payments to Vendor for
                                                               etc. to the Competent Authority for which payment has been             all services and deliverables rendered upto effective
                                                               made. The Vendor may withdraw items, for which payment has             date of termination.
                                                               not been made. No consequential damages shall be payable to
                                                               the Bidder in the event of termination.
 668                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS          136      Section VIII, Clause 12     The Competent Authority, by written notice sent to the Vendor,         Request to provide ninety (90) days advance written
                                                               may terminate the contract, in whole or in part thereof, at any time   notice to Vendor before terminating the Contract for
                                                               for its convenience. The notice of termination shall specify that      convenience. Further need to insert a provision to clarify
                                                               termination is for the Competent Authority’s convenience and also      that Competent Authority shall be liable to make
                                                               the extent to which performance of the Vendor under the contract       payments to Vendor for all services and deliverables
                                                               is terminated, and the date on which such termination becomes          rendered upto effective date of termination.
                                                               effective. No consequential damages will be payable to the
                                                               Vendor in the event of such termination.

 669                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         136            Clause 11.3           The Vendor shall stop the performance of the contract from the         IGRS is liable to pay for all the products delivered and
                                                               effective date of termination and hand over all the reports studies    services rendered. There cannot be a case where
                                                               etc. to the Competent Authority for which payment has been             vendor will withdraw items where IGRS has failed to
                                                               made. The Vendor may withdraw items, for which                         make a payment.
                                                               payment has not been made. No consequential damages shall be
                                                               payable to the Bidder in the event of termination.
 670                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             CMC          136      Clause 12: Termination                                                                             As a standard practice and also this project involving
                                      for Convenience                                                                                 huge expenditure, IGRS-MP is suggested to pay the
                                                                                                                                      cost of termination, which shall include the reasonable
                                                                                                                                      cost for deployment of resources and other reasonable
                                                                                                                                      expenses incurred for the performance of the agreement

 671                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS          137      Section VIII, Clause 16.4   The Vendor shall ensure that all its employees execute individual Request to modify Clause 16 to make it mutually
                                                               nondisclosure agreements, which have been duly approved by applicable, thereby providing similar protection to
                                                               Competent Authority with respect to this Project.                 Confidential Information of Vendor. Also need to insert
                                                                                                                                 further standard exclusion to Confidential Information
                                                                                                                                 under Clause 16.4.
 672                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         137             Clause 12            No consequential damages will be payable to the Vendor in the IGRS will be liable to indemnify the vendor of all the
                                                               event of such termination.                                    costs committed till the date of termination. In addition,
                                                                                                                             IGRS will be liable to pay consequential damages of at
                                                                                                                             least 20% of the total contract value.


 673                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Page 81 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                    Clause Details                                Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             TCS          138      Section VIII, Clause 18.3   In all matters and disputes arising there under, the M.P. State         Request that all disputes be referred for arbitration to a
                                                               Arbitration Tribunal shall be the sole arbitrator to decide the claim   Board of Arbitration. Such Arbitration shall be governed
                                                               and its decision shall be final and binding on both the parties.        by the provisions of the Indian Arbitration and
                                                               However, during the period of doubt, disagreement or dispute, the       Conciliation Act 1996. This Board shall be constituted
                                                               Vendor shall ensure that the Computerization Project works in a         prior to the commencement of the arbitration and will
                                                               normal way. Such doubts, disputes and disagreement shall not            comprise of two arbitrators and an umpire. Vendor and
                                                               give any reason or freedom to the Vendor to interfere in or prevent     Competent Authority will each nominate an arbitrator to
                                                               normal functioning of the Computerization Project.                      the Board and these arbitrators will appoint the umpire.
                                                                                                                                       Arbitration shall be carried out in Bhopal.
 674                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         138             Clause 17.2          For purposes of this clause “Force Majeure” means an event              To include all the other events where there is
                                                               beyond the control of the Vendor and not involving the Vendor’s         dependency on third party service providers for link,
                                                               fault or negligence and which was not foreseeable. Such events          OEM for equipment supply in time, etc. The competent
                                                               may include wars or revolutions, fires, floods, epidemics,              authority should also not charge penalty for non-
                                                               quarantine restrictions and freight embargoes. The decision of the      performance or not meeting SLAs in such events.
                                                               Competent Authority in consultation with the Government of M.P.,
                                                               regarding Force Majeure shall be final and binding on the Vendor.

 675                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS          139       Section VIII, Clause 20    The responsibility of obtaining all the necessary statutory Request that Service Tax and Value Added Taxes shall
                                                               clearances lies with the Vendor. The Vendor shall be solely be paid at actuals by Competent Authority.
                                                               responsible for all taxes, duties, license fees, octroi etc. regarding
                                                               all the items needed for completion of work assigned to him.
 676                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
             TCS          140      Section VIII, Clause 23.3   During the warranty period, the Vendor warrants that the services Need to insert standard exclusions to warranty as it is
                                                               rendered under this contract are of most recent version and not appearing.
                                                               incorporate all recent improvements in design unless provided
                                                               otherwise in the contract. The Vendor further warrants that the
                                                               services rendered under this contract shall have no defects arising
                                                               from design, materials or workmanship.



 677                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         142             Clause 25.2          Loss of Revenue to the Competent Authority: The bidder shall be         Definition of misuse of data is not specified. There
                                                               vicariously liable to indemnify the Competent Authority in case of      should be clear definition to avoid multiple
                                                               any misuse of data/information by the bidder, deliberate or             interpretations. Also, there should be a basis for
                                                               otherwise, which comes into the knowledge of the Competent              computing the amount of indemnity and a maximum limit
                                                               Authority during the performance or prevalence of the contract.         amount should be specified in the contract.
                                                               The amount of indemnity in any case will be decided by the
                                                               competent Authority.
 678                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP
            Airtel
                                                                                                                                 Terms of Payment for Bandwidth charges in case of
                                                                                                                                 connectivity on ISP network has not been mentioned in
                                                                                                                                 the RFP. What will be the terms for payment of
 679                      143                   26             Terms of Payment                                                  Bandwidth charges to ISP.                                   No change, as per RFP
             TCS          143      Section VIII, Clause 26.3.1 The payment will be made on submission of bill (in two copies) by Request all payments be made by DRS within thirty (30)
                                                               the selected bidder to the DRS. The DRS will examine the bill days of receipt of invoice.
                                                               thoroughly being payment authority and as per the terms &
                                                               conditions of RFP.
 680                                                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         143              Clause 26           Terms of payment                                                  There is no clarity on when the vendor will be eligible to
                                                                                                                                 raise the bills and also the pre-conditions for raising the
                                                                                                                                 bill on IGRS. Further, the duration (from time of
                                                                                                                                 submission of bill by vendor) within which IGRS will be
                                                                                                                                 paying the bills.of vendor is not specified.

 681                                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 Page 82 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                              Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                                Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             TCS          144        Section VIII, Clause 27   Liquidated Damages (LD) for delay in project time schedule           Request that Liquidated Damages shall be levied only
                                                                                                                                    for delay that is solely and entirely attributable to
                                                                                                                                    Vendor. Further, Liquidated Damages shall be limited to
                                                                                                                                    0.5% of the value of delayed deliverables per week of
                                                                                                                                    delay subject to maximum liquidated damages not
                                                                                                                                    exceeding 5% of the value of delayed deliverables.
 682                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             TCS          144        Section VIII, Clause 28   The selected bidder shall indemnify IGRS against all thirdparty      Need to insert standard exclusions to indemnity for
                                                               claims of infringement of patent, copy right, trademark or           infringement of third party intellectual property rights are
                                                               industrial design rights arising from use of the goods or any part   missing. Also need to insert a provision for IGRS to
                                                               thereof in India.                                                    indemnify Vendor for Vendor’s use or access of the
                                                                                                                                    materials and systems provided by IGRS.

 683                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         144             Clause 27.2          The selected bidder shall have to deposit the LD amount, as          There should be scope for vendor to rightfully appeal
                                                               applicable, immediately after receiving information from the DRS.    before the competent authority or an arbitrator before
                                                               Failing of which, LD amount will be recoverable as arrears of Land   Competent authority exercises the power to impose
                                                               Revenue as per provisions of M.P Land Revenue Code, 1959 from        LD.Also, there should be a maximum cap (5% of the
                                                               the successful Bidder.                                               contract value) on LD leviable by the Competent
                                                                                                                                    authority.
 684                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech

                                                                                                                                    60% On Delivery of all equipments / items covered
                                                                                                                                    under this tender and after successful pre delivery
                                                               60% On Delivery of all equipments / items covered under this         inspection
                                                               tender and after successful pre and post delivery inspection/
 685                      146                  A-1             testing results.                                                                                                                    No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech
                                                                                                                             Since department is taking 20% PBG for this O&M
                                                                                                                             period as Security, we propose to modify clause to
                                                           20% Amount will be held back for warranty support period and will remove & add 20 % payment mentioned here to add in
                                                           be released in 20 equal quarterly installments during the O&M     Clause A-1 & A-2
 686                      146                A-3           phase (5 Years) of the project.                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         146      Clause Payment schedule Warranty support withholding                                      20% is too high. It can at the best be 5% of the contract
                                                                                                                             value (pertaining to product supply.



 687                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
            Wipro         146      Clause Payment schedule FMS payment schedule                                                     Highly in favor of IGRS. Payment should be quarterly in
                                                                                                                                    arrears (equal installments).
 688                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU           Servers requirement should be based on the
                                      Server & Application    should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor     performance parameters vis-à-vis the customer's
                                   Server at DC under Cluster should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the       requirements and not on the processor or sockets.
                                                              offered model with latest supported / compatible server chipset.      Performance parameters ensures that customer's
                                                                                                                                    requirements are fulfilled and all the hardware vendors
                                                                                                                                    are quoting and supplying the servers of equal strength.
                                                                                                                                    Hence the Server should be asked to offer an audited /
                                                                                                                                    estimated 385000 TPMC upgradable to 770000 TPMC
                                                                                                                                    and should be verifyable. Accordingly vendors should
                                                                                                                                    quote for the appropriate nos of cores/processors to
                                                                                                                                    derive the required performance tpmc figures.
                                                                                                                                    - TPMC claimed by each vendor must be derived from
                                                                                                                                    published benchmark for the system offered. If the
                                                                                                                                    benchmark for the system is not available on the website
                                                                                                                                    then the TPMC claimed should be in line with the
                                                                                                                                    published benchmark for a more high-end system than
                                                                                                                                    the offered server.

 689                                                                                                                                                                                               No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                Page 83 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page        RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                   Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.              Section
 No.
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU          Servers requirement should be based on the
                                      Server & Application    should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor    performance parameters vis-à-vis the customer's
                                   Server at DC under Cluster should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the      requirements and not on the processor or sockets.
                                                              offered model with latest supported / compatible server chipset.     Performance parameters ensures that customer's
                                                                                                                                   requirements are fulfilled and all the hardware vendors
                                                                                                                                   are quoting and supplying the servers of equal strength.
                                                                                                                                   Hence the Server should be asked to offer an audited /
                                                                                                                                   estimated 385000 TPMC upgradable to 770000 TPMC
                                                                                                                                   and should be verifyable. Accordingly vendors should
                                                                                                                                   quote for the appropriate nos of cores/processors to
                                                                                                                                   derive the required performance tpmc figures.
                                                                                                                                   - TPMC claimed by each vendor must be derived from
                                                                                                                                   published benchmark for the system offered. If the
                                                                                                                                   benchmark for the system is not available on the website
                                                                                                                                   then the TPMC claimed should be in line with the
                                                                                                                                   published benchmark for a more high-end system than
                                                                                                                                   the offered server.


 690                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           33        Item No. 1 ‐ Database    RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU          Servers requirement should be based on the
                                      Server & Application    should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor    performance parameters vis-à-vis the customer's
                                   Server at DC under Cluster should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the      requirements and not on the processor or sockets.
                                                              offered model with latest supported / compatible server chipset.     Performance parameters ensures that customer's
                                                                                                                                   requirements are fulfilled and all the hardware vendors
                                                                                                                                   are quoting and supplying the servers of equal strength.
                                                                                                                                   Hence the Server should be asked to offer an audited /
                                                                                                                                   estimated 385000 TPMC upgradable to 770000 TPMC
                                                                                                                                   and should be verifyable. Accordingly vendors should
                                                                                                                                   quote for the appropriate nos of cores/processors to
                                                                                                                                   derive the required performance tpmc figures.
                                                                                                                                   - TPMC claimed by each vendor must be derived from
                                                                                                                                   published benchmark for the system offered. If the
                                                                                                                                   benchmark for the system is not available on the website
                                                                                                                                   then the TPMC claimed should be in line with the
                                                                                                                                   published benchmark for a more high-end system than
                                                                                                                                   the offered server.



 691                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             IBM           35       Item No 2 - Web Server     RISC/ EPIC based 64‐bit Processor 1.6GHz or higher. The CPU         Servers requirement should be based on the
                                        Processor/CPU          should be of latest generation at the time of bidding i.e. Vendor   performance parameters vis-à-vis the customer's
                                                               should offer the highest clock speed and cache supported on the     requirements and not on the processor or sockets.
                                                               offered model with latest supported / compatible server chipset.    Performance parameters ensures that customer's
                                                                                                                                   requirements are fulfilled and all the hardware vendors
                                                                                                                                   are quoting and supplying the servers of equal strength.
                                                                                                                                   Hence the Server should offer an audited / estimated
                                                                                                                                   300000 TPMC and should be verifyable. Accordingly
                                                                                                                                   vendors should quote for the appropriate nos of
                                                                                                                                   cores/processors to derive the required performance
                                                                                                                                   tpmc figures.
                                                                                                                                   - TPMC claimed by each vendor must be derived from
                                                                                                                                   published benchmark for the system offered. If the
                                                                                                                                   benchmark for the system is not available on the website
                                                                                                                                   then the TPMC claimed should be in line with the
                                                                                                                                   published benchmark for a more high-end system than
                                                                                                                                   the offered server.
 692                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Page 84 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page       RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                     Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                           Response by the Department
                          No.             Section
 No.
             IBM           82        Item No. 14 – 24 Port  Interface Support                                                          In addtion to the interface specified in the RFP , We
                                   Manageable L3 Switch (24                                                                            recommend that the router should support interfaces
                                       10/100/1000 ports)                                                                              like ISDN BRI which will be used as backup for the
                                                                                                                                       Remote router to connect to IGRS Head office incase of
                                                                                                                                       failure of main connectivity link like leased line/MPLS
                                                                                                                                       /BB,and also there is no requirement of purchasing a
                                                                                                                                       new router for the above interface requirement



 693                                                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                 Is Oracle RAC being used
                                    in a cluster with Veritas
                                      Volume manager Adv
                                     version + Veritas File
                                     System Adv versions.
 694                    General                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                       Availability &         Cache should be mirrored between Active‐Active controllers on
                                                                dedicated, redundant paths / links between the controllers. In         Cache should be mirrored between Active‐Active
                                           Required
                                                                case of power failure, the SAN array must be provided with cache       controllers on dedicated, redundant paths / links
                                            Cache
                                                                protection mechanism to ensure no loss of data in cache by             between the controllers. In case of power failure, the
                                                                destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of power outage, or for   SAN array must be provided with cache protection
                                                                minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array should be configured            mechanism to ensure no loss of data in cache by
                                                                with at least 8GB usable data cache across dual RISC/ ASIC             destaging to disks, irrespective of duration of power
                                                                controllers with dual cache mirror interconnect paths.                 outage, or for minimum 72 hrs. The Proposed SAN Array
                                                                                                                                       should be configured with at least 8GB cache across
                                                                                                                                       dual RISC/ ASIC controllers with dual cache mirror
                                                                                                                                       interconnect paths.
 695                    General                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                        Disk Drives           The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of 220 disks
                                                                in the array supplied from Day One and should be expandable in         The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of
                                                                future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should                210 disks in the array supplied from Day One and
                                                                supportintermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of various               should be expandable in
                                                                capacities and speeds. It should support dual ported FC disks of       future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should
                                                                146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and                 support intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of
                                                                400GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm in future).                                   various capacities and speeds. It should support dual
                                                                                                                                       ported FC disks of 146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB
                                                                                                                                       (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and 400GB/ 450GB (10K rpm &
                                                                                                                                       15K rpm in future).
 696                    General                                                                                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech                    Required Disk Spce        The Proposed SAN array should be configured with minimum:




 697                    General                                                                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
          VyamTech                                              Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10 (Strip and
                                                                Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC HDD (4Gbps, Dual
                                                                                                                                       Minimum 25 TB Usable Capacity is required on RAID 10
                                                                Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare per disk tray and equivalent
                                                                                                                                       (Strip and Mirror Everywhere) with 300GB, 15K RPM FC
                                                                amount of storage on 750 GB/ 1TB SATA HDD inclusive of all
                                                                                                                                       HDD (4Gbps, Dual Ported Drives) and with 1 hot spare
                                                                necessary required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                                                                                                       per disk tray and equivalent amount of storage on 750
                                                                Penalties.                                                             GB/ 1TB SATA/FATA HDD inclusive of all necessary
                                                                                                                                       required Global hot spares and excluding all RAID 10
                                                                                                                                       Penalties.
 698                    General                                                                                                                                                                  Please refer modified specifications




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        Page 85 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page    RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                               Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.          Section
 No.
          VyamTech                 Volume Expansion     The storage system should support dynamic online LUN/volume
                                                        expansion and shrink through striping as well as concatenation.Or
                                                        any equivalent means / feature, which can achieve similar         The storage system should support dynamic online
                                                        functionality with supporting whitepaper validation documents     LUN/volume expansion and shrink through striping/
                                                        from third party agencies                                         concatenation.Or any equivalent means / feature, which
                                                                                                                          can achieve similar functionality with supporting
                                                                                                                          whitepaper validation documents from third party
                                                                                                                          agencies

 699                    General                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech                       IOPS           I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal to
                                                        400000 IOPS from Cache and should have a sustained sequential I/O performance should be greater than or at least equal
                                                        throughput of minimum 2000MB/sec.                             to 200000 IOPS from Cache and should have a
                                                                                                                      sustained sequential throughput of minimum
                                                                                                                      2000MB/sec.
 700                    General                                                                                                                                                             Please refer modified specifications
          VyamTech                 Point-In-Time Copy   Should have capability to support advanced software functionality
                                        Services        to create instantaneous point in time copies and capability for        Should have capability to support advanced software
                                                        remote copy services for saster recovery.The Data Replication          functionality to create instantaneous point in time copies
                                                        capability should support heterogeneous Storage OEMs and               and capability for remote copy services for saster
                                                        Storage types including Disks that are contained in the                recovery.The Data Replication capability should support
                                                        servers. The software for creation of point in time copies should be   heterogeneous Storage OEMs and Storage types
                                                        supplied along with the array and licensed for unlimited capacity.     including Disks that are contained in the
                                                                                                                               servers. The software for creation of point in time copies
                                                                                                                               should be supplied along with the array and licensed for
                                                                                                                               unlimited capacity.
 701                    General                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
            Airtel

                                                                                                                               Implementation of the Scope of Work for this RFP
                                                                                                                               should be independent of time-lines for Application
                                                                                                                               Software deployment. SP should not be held
                                                                                                                               responsible for delays in implementation of application
                                                                                                                               software and deployment of Scope of Work for this RFP
 702                    General         General                                                                                should not suffer due to the same.                      No change, as per RFP
            Airtel      General                                                                                                We would request department to allow bidders to
                                                                                                                               prpose Blade architecture based servers also. Blade
                                                                                                                               servers allow substantial savings in terms of power
                                                                                                                               consumption, data centre space and data centre cooling
                                                                                                                               requirements compared to traditional rack
                                                                                                                               architecture.Now Blade server technology has been
                                                                                                                               available in the market for last 3-5 years and most of the
                                                                                                                               mission critical data centre enviornments prefer Blade
                                                                                                                               servers over traditional rack servers as they allow a
                                                                                                                               substantial saving in power , space and cooling
                                                                                                                               requirments and allow more server compute power in
                                                                                                                               lesser space and lead to a green data centre
                                                                                                                               enviornment. Given the above we request department to
                                                                                                                               allow bidders to propose Blade server architecture
 703                                    General         Server Systems                                                         based servers as well.                                     No change, as per RFP
           Emerson      General
                                                                                                                               Not required Emphasis given on Surge Protecion within
                                                                                                                               the Data Centre. Today SURGE plays a major role &
                                                                                                                               affect the UPTIME in any DATA CENTRE space & need
                                                        SURGE PROTECTION Justification for Row No. 16 & 20 against
                                     Recommended                                                                               to be tackled properly at all entry points at the DATA
                                                        our recommendation
                                                                                                                               CENTRE. This will helps in lesser failure of
                                                                                                                               components/equipments & in turn provide you the better
                                                                                                                               UPTIME of the network.
 704                                                                                                                                                                                        No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   Page 86 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page     RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                              Clause Details   Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.           Section
 No.
             ILFS       General        New Feature          Not Available                           Virtual/thin provisioning should be offered for the entire
                                                                                                    capacity of the array.
                                                                                                    As all the vendors today offer virtual provisioning which
                                                                                                    can greatly reduce the TCO of MP IGRS please consider
                                                                                                    asking for the same


 705                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS       General        New Feature          Not Available                           The array should support intermixing of Flash , FC and
                                                                                                    SATA disk drives.
                                                                                                    As flash drives would eventaully replace all other kind of
                                                                                                    disk drives please consider aking support of the same in
                                                                                                    the array and all leading OEMs have already announced
                                                                                                    support of Flash drives


 706                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS       General     Remote Location IT                                              As per the discussion in the pre-bid meeting. It is clear
                                      infrastructure                                                that all the remote locations will be conneccted to SWAN
                                                                                                    by the SWAN team.So, We don’t have clarity that how
                                                                                                    many location we have to connect to the SWAN and
                                                                                                    provide the Bandwidth at that locations.
                                                                                                    Equipments required at the remote location can be
                                                                                                    asked as unit rate and at the time of execution it can be
                                                                                                    ordered as per the requirement.


 707                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS       General        Firewall & IPS                                               As per pre-bid discussion Multi level- Security
                                                                                                    architecure will be required.Please [provide the
                                                                                                    Specifications of Firewall and IPS as they have to be
                                                                                                    proposed as seprate devices.
                                                                                                    It is suggested that firewall of internet and intranet
                                                                                                    should be from different OEM's and all the IPS should
                                                                                                    be from different OEM. Following are the Specifications
                                                                                                    for the seprate devices. Intranet Firewall, End point
                                                                                                    security Solution, Internet Firewall and IPS

 708                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             ILFS       General    Datacentre site survey                                           As per the site survey done by the bidder's it is
                                                                                                    immposible to build the Datacentre at the proposed
                                                                                                    location because the minimum height required to build a
                                                                                                    datacentre as per the standards would be 10.5 feets and
                                                                                                    the existing height of the proposed location is 6.5 feets.
                                                                                                    Please provide the specification and Location for the
                                                                                                    Datacenter to be build for this project.

 709                                                                                                                                                             No change, as per RFP
             HP         General




                                                                                                    We understand that the server and storage
                                                                                                    specifications defined are minimum in terms of CPU and
                                                                                                    RAM and hard disk capacity.As the department has
                                                                                                    provided the user load and sizing parameters the
                                                                                                    bidders are required to size and propose the required
 710                                      General           Server and storage Systems              hardware as per their solution.                        No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                              Page 87 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page      RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                                 Clause Details                             Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.            Section
 No.
             HP         General                                                                                                  We would request department to allow bidders to
                                                                                                                                 prpose Blade architecture based servers also. Blade
                                                                                                                                 servers allow substantial savings in terms of power
                                                                                                                                 consumption, data centre space and data centre cooling
                                                                                                                                 requirements compared to traditional rack
                                                                                                                                 architecture.Now Blade server technology has been
                                                                                                                                 available in the market for last 3-5 years and most of the
                                                                                                                                 mission critical data centre enviornments prefer Blade
                                                                                                                                 servers over traditional rack servers as they allow a
                                                                                                                                 substantial saving in power , space and cooling
                                                                                                                                 requirments and allow more server compute power in
                                                                                                                                 lesser space and lead to a green data centre
                                                                                                                                 enviornment. Given the above we request department to
                                                                                                                                 allow bidders to propose Blade server architecture
                                                                                                                                 based servers as well.
 711                                       General            Server Systems                                                                                                                  No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                 There is no Limitation of Liability clause in rfp , we
                                                                                                                                 suggest to capping the liability to the value of contract.

 712                    General            General            Liability                                                                                                                       No change, as per RFP
             TCS                                                                                                                 we suggest due weightage for experience in setting up /
                                                                                                                                 managing ISO27000 certified DCs .
 713                    General            General            Scope                                                                                                                           No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                 Any existing infrastructure which can be use for this
 714                    General            General                                                                               project? (Dedicated Or shared basis with details)     No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                                 Any past data which need to migrate in new system?
 715                    General            General                                                                               Provide the size of data need to store in Storage? No change, as per RFP
             TCS        General                               The Vendor must provide network functionality and guarantee
                                                              service quality to provide 99.5 % or more uptime for data center
                                                              site, 99% or more at divisional OIGR and 97% or more uptime for
                                                              all other locations.
 716                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             TCS        General                                                                                                  The time lost due to any of the following reasons shall
                                                                                                                                 be taken into account while calculating the availability/
                                                                                                                                 uptime requirement: (a) Time lost due to power or
                                                                                                                                 environmental failures; (b) Time taken to recover the
                                                                                                                                 system because of power or environmental failures; (c)
                                                                                                                                 Time lost due to damage or malfunction in the system or
                                                                                                                                 any units thereof due to causes attributable to
                                                                                                                                 Competent Authority, such as attachment of additional
                                                                                                                                 devices, making alteration to the system, maintenance of
                                                                                                                                 the system, etc. without Vendor’s consent and/ or failure
                                                                                                                                 to maintain the site as required by the Vendor; (d) Time
                                                                                                                                 taken for scheduled maintenance/ troubleshooting either
                                                                                                                                 for preventive purposes or improvement in function or
                                                                                                                                 other purposes; (e) Time taken for reconfiguration or
                                                                                                                                 other planned downtime situations; (f) Scheduled
                                                                                                                                 shutdowns as required by Competent Authority; (Vendor
                                                                                                                                 may also request Competent Authority for a shutdown
                                                                                                                                 for maintenance purpose, which request will not be
                                                                                                                                 denied unreasonably by Competent Authority); (g) Time
                                                                                                                                 taken for booting the system (h) Time lost due to
                                                                                                                                 unavailability of links.

 717                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP
             TCS        General    No specific reference in   Additional clauses                                                 The following provisions are not appearing in the Tender
                                             rfp                                                                                 document – Need to be inserted:
 718                                                                                                                                                                                          No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Page 88 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                         Clause Details                            Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                             Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
             TCS        General      Disk Drives     The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of 220 disks     The SAN Array should be able to support a minimum of
                                                     in the array supplied from Day One and should be expandable in     210 disks in the array supplied from Day One and
                                                     future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should            should be expandable in
                                                     supportintermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of various           future with data in place upgrade. The SAN Array should
                                                     capacities and speeds. It should support dual ported FC disks of   support intermixing of FC & FATA/SATA‐II Disks of
                                                     146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and             various capacities and speeds. It should support dual
                                                     400GB (10K rpm & 15K rpm in future).                               ported FC disks of 146GB (10K or 15K rpm) , 300GB
                                                                                                                        (10K rpm & 15K rpm) and 400GB/ 450GB (10K rpm &
                                                                                                                        15K rpm in future). We request to change disk scalibility
                                                                                                                        to 210 and also 400/450 GB should be included.
 719                                                                                                                                                                                Please refer modified specifications
             TCS        General       General        Is Oracle RAC being used in a cluster with Veritas Volume
 720                                                 manager Adv version + Veritas File System Adv versions.                                                                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                        We would request department to allow bidders to
                                                                                                                        prpose Blade architecture based servers also. Blade
                                                                                                                        servers allow substantial savings in terms of power
                                                                                                                        consumption, data centre space and data centre cooling
                                                                                                                        requirements compared to traditional rack
                                                                                                                        architecture.Now Blade server technology has been
                                                                                                                        available in the market for last 3-5 years and most of the
                                                                                                                        mission critical data centre enviornments prefer Blade
                                                                                                                        servers over traditional rack servers as they allow a
                                                                                                                        substantial saving in power , space and cooling
                                                                                                                        requirments and allow more server compute power in
                                                                                                                        lesser space and lead to a green data centre
                                                                                                                        enviornment. Given the above we request department to
                                                                                                                        allow bidders to propose Blade server architecture
 721                    General                      Server Systems                                                     based servers as well.                                     No change, as per RFP
             TCS
                                                                                                                        We understand that the server and storage
                                                                                                                        specifications defined are minimum in terms of CPU and
                                                                                                                        RAM and hard disk capacity.As the department has
                                                                                                                        provided the user load and sizing parameters the
                                                                                                                        bidders are required to size and propose the required
 722                    General                      Server and storage Systems                                         hardware as per their solution.                        No change, as per RFP
             TCS        General
                                                                                                                        Intel has recently launched its latest CPU -Intel Xeon
                                                                                                                        5600 series based on Intel 5520 chipset- Please confirm
                                                                                                                        that the same needs to be proposed. Memory scaliblity
 723                                                 CPU , Chipset                                                      in theses systems in 192 GB.                               No change, as per RFP
             IBM        General       General                                                                           Request to add" Server must have capability for
                                                                                                                        minimum 4 Partitions to run Independent OS instance
                                                                                                                        on each partition. Failure of one partition should not
                                                                                                                        affect any other partitions. It should be possible to
                                                                                                                        dedicate Fibre Channel and Etherner ports to any
                                                                                                                        partition without sharing resources with another
                                                                                                                        partition"
                                                                                                                        This provides highly secured environment for the
                                                                                                                        multiple partitions to co-exist with-in the same server
                                                                                                                        thus providing the 100% availability to all the partitions
 724                                                                                                                    and thus the applications.                                 No change, as per RFP
             IBM        General       General                                                                           Request to add "Capable of dynamic movement of
                                                                                                                        resources (CPU/ memory/ adapters) across partitions.
                                                                                                                        Without restarting or shutting down the partitions"
                                                                                                                        This provides the optimal utilization of the resources to
                                                                                                                        bring best of the performance from the server resources
                                                                                                                        with less power consumption and heat dissipation.

 725                                                                                                                                                                                No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Page 89 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page     RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                             Clause Details                          Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                              Response by the Department
                          No.           Section
 No.
             IBM        General          General                                                                          Request to add" Server must have capability for
                                                                                                                          minimum 4 Partitions to run Independent OS instance
                                                                                                                          on each partition. Failure of one partition should not
                                                                                                                          affect any other partitions. It should be possible to
                                                                                                                          dedicate Fibre Channel and Etherner ports to any
                                                                                                                          partition without sharing resources with another
                                                                                                                          partition"
                                                                                                                          This provides highly secured environment for the
                                                                                                                          multiple partitions to co-exist with-in the same server
                                                                                                                          thus providing the 100% availability to all the partitions
 726                                                                                                                      and thus the applications.                                   No change, as per RFP
             IBM        General          General                                                                          Request to add "Capable of dynamic movement of
                                                                                                                          resources (CPU/ memory/ adapters) across partitions.
                                                                                                                          Without restarting or shutting down the partitions"
                                                                                                                          This provides the optimal utilization of the resources to
                                                                                                                          bring best of the performance from the server resources
                                                                                                                          with less power consumption and heat dissipation.

 727                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             IBM        General    Security Requirement   Do we need to quote the products which have security assurance Due to the increasing security threat we recommend to
                                                          certificate?                                                   ask " The proposed Product/Product family should be
                                                                                                                         EAL/ICSA certified".
 728                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             IBM        General          General          Capable of dynamic movement of resources (CPU/ memory/          Capable of dynamic movement of resources (CPU/
                                                          adapters) across partitions                                     memory/ adapters) across partitions. Without restarting
                                                                                                                          or shutting down the partitions.
                                                                                                                          This provides the optimal utilization of the resources to
                                                                                                                          bring best of the performance from the server resources
                                                                                                                          with less power consumption and heat dissipation.

 729                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL        General                                                                                           There are delayed payment terms for the supply scope
                                                                                                                          which will be released over the next 5 years. Please
                                     Payment Terms
                                                                                                                          check if the same can be released against BG as
                                                                                                                          otherwise we will have to consider additional BR costs.
 730                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL        General
                                                                                                                          We suggest that the FMS Payments should be released
                                     Payment Terms                                                                        in equated quarterly installments. As per the present
                                                                                                                          payment terms only 10% is released in 1st year.
 731                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL        General
                                                                                                                          There is no cap on LD Penalty. These penalties will be
                                                                                                                          charges individually on each milestone. In case of delay
                                        LD Penalty                                                                        in next milestone due to previous milestone then
                                                                                                                          penalties on both milestones will be applicable i.e. there
                                                                                                                          is cascading effect of penalties
 732                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL        General        SLA Penalty                                                                        The SLA Penalties are uncapped
 733                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
             HCL        General                           Recommended
                                                                                                                          Important parameter for UPS Systems in Data Centre. It
                                                                                                                          reduces the chances of UPS going on Battery evertime if
                                                                                                                          there is a distrbance in phase sequence
 734                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
 735         HCL        General                                                                                           Important parameter for battery life enhancement             No change, as per RFP
             HCL        General
                                                                                                                          Increase the I/p Power factor & induce lesser noise(THD)
                                                                                                                          to the load. Limits no. of failure which are more in SCR.
 736                                                                                                                                                                                   No change, as per RFP
 737         HCL        General                                                                                           It should be Mimic Real time display                         No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                                                    Page 90 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                                            Clause Details   Query/Suggestion/ Clarification                            Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.
             HCL        General                                                                   It should be available by external device (Transient
                                                                                                  Voltage Surge Suppressor) confirms UL 1449-3 certified,
                                                                                                  Protection level of 1.0kV, All mode protection shall be
                                                                                                  available(I.e L-L.L-N.L-G & N-G), MCOV :- MIN 320V,
                                                                                                  Working status indicator by LED, Response Time <
 738                                                                                              0.5nS.                                                  No change, as per RFP
            Wipro       General          NA          Limitation of liability clause               There should be a cap on the overall liability of the
                                                                                                  vendor. The maximum amount for which the vendor will
                                                                                                  be liable (for penalties, LD, or any other recoveries,
                                                                                                  payments, etc) should be limited to the sum of
                                                                                                  payments received by the vendor till 3 months prior to
                                                                                                  levy or the total contract value whichever is less.
 739                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP
            Wipro       General                      Recommended Clause by Wipro                  Quality and cost based selection(QCBS): We request for
                                                                                                  tender to be 70: 30 i.e. 70% technical marks and 30%
                                                                                                  Commercials for deciding the SI for project to be
                                                                                                  awarded. If department wish they can make it 80: 20 too.
                                                                                                  This will ensure the bidder who is competitive both
                                                                                                  commercially and good technically wins the project for
                                                                                                  implementation. It provides a level playing field for
                                                                                                  bidders who are technically superior and also
                                                                                                  competitive cost wise.
                                                                                                  Large tenders in government are usually QCBS and
                                                                                                  70:30, 80: 20 etc.

 740                                                                                                                                                         No change, as per RFP




                                                                                                                                                                                          Page 91 of 92
S.No /                  RFP Page   RFP Clause No./
Query    Company Name                                Clause Details   Query/Suggestion/ Clarification   Response by the Department
                          No.         Section
 No.




                                                                                                                                     Page 92 of 92

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:136
posted:7/26/2011
language:English
pages:92
Description: Rfp Managed Dedicated Server Form Gov.in Sites document sample